Cja 500 U 3

Lucent Cajun
A500 ATM Switch

User Guide Release
3.0
TM
Part #: 49080007
TM
Cajun A500 ATM Switch Installation Guide

Copyright LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES 1999 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Printed in USA, April 1999
The products, specifications, and other technical information regarding the products contained in this
document are subject to change without notice. All information in this document is believed to be accurate
and reliable, but is presented without warranty of any kind, express or implied, and users must take full
responsibility for their application of any products specified in this document. Lucent disclaims
responsibility for errors which may appear in this document, and it reserves the right, in its sole discretion
and without notice, to make substitutions and modifications in the products and practices described in this
document.
Cajun P550, Cajun A500, Lucent Definity ATM ECS, and Lucent MMCX are trademarks of Lucent
Technologies. The following products are trademaked by their respective companies: Bay Networks, Cisco,
Fore, 3COM, Sun, HP, Compaq, and Microsoft.
All other trademarks mentioned in this document are property of their respective owners.
Part Number 49080007 Revision 3
Cajun A500 Software Release 3.00
Contents
Preface
Chapter 1 Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Interoperability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 1
Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 2
Cajun A500 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 3
Data Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 5
PNNI Routing Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 6
ILMI Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 6
Call Control Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 6
UNI/PNNI Signalling Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 6
Internal Static IP Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 7
Static IP Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 8
SWP Operating System API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 10
Process Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 11
pSOSystem Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 11
pSOSystem Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 11
Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 12
Connection Admission Control (CAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 13
PNNI Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 13
Peer Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 13
Point to Point Protocol (PPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 14
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 15
About IP addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Modem Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 16
Authentication Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 19
Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 20
Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 20
Data Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 - 21
Chapter 2 Using the Cajun A500 Manager

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 1
Logging In to the Web Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 1
Installing Cajun A500 Help Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 2
Entering the Server Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 3
Getting Updated Help Files on the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 4
Using the Cajun A500 Manager Web Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 5
Entering Basic System Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 7
Changing Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 7
Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide
iii
Chapter 3 Configuring the Cajun A500 Network

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Determining Your Network Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 1
Configuring the Link Types for the Cajun A500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Guidelines for Determining the Link Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 2
Bringing the ATM Port Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 3
Configuring/Modifying the Link Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 3
Bringing the ATM Port Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Static Route Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 4
Configuring Static Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5
Deleting a Static Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 5
Adding End Station Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 6
Deleting End Station Identifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 6
Configuring Permanent Virtual Channels and Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 7
Adding Virtual Channels or Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 7
Deleting Virtual Channels or Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 8
Configuring LAN Emulation Client (LEC) Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Static IP Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
Static IP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 9
Hijacking the Ethernet Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Ethernet Filtering in Promiscuous Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Configuring Static IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 10
Adding Static IP Clients and Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 11
Configuring Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 11
Configuring Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 12
Configuring PPP Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 12
Configuring PPP Modem Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 13
Configuring Operations Administration and Maintenance (OAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 13
Setting Up SNMP Communities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 14
Configuring Clock Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 14
Setting Up the TFTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - 15
Chapter 4 Managing the Physical Network

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 1
Saving and Restoring Configuration Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 1
Resetting the Cajun A500 ATM Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 2
Viewing and Changing the Cajun A500 System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 2
Viewing System Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 3
Viewing Module Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 3
Viewing Current System Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 3
Viewing Address Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 4
Viewing Event and Alarm Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 4
Viewing Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 4
Viewing Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 4
Viewing the Signaling Summary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 5
Viewing Virtual Circuit Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 5
Viewing Signaling Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 6
Viewing Signaling Cause Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 6
iv
Viewing Signaling Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 6

Viewing LAN Emulation Client (LEC) Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 7
Viewing LEC Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 7
Viewing Static IP Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 8
Viewing Static IP Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 8
Viewing Static IP Client Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 8
Viewing Static IP Server Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 9
Viewing Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 9
Viewing OAM Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 9
Viewing Clock Sync Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 10
Chapter 5 Using the Cajun A500 Command Line Interface

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 1
Accessing the Cajun A500 Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 2
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 2
Using a ? in a Command Line Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 2
Command Line Editing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 4
Understanding the Command Line Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 4
Syntax Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 4
Command Line Entry Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 5
Syntax Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 5
Command Line Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 5
Supported User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 6
Modifying the root Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 6
Telnet Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 7
TFTP Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 - 7
Chapter 6 admin Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
admin ack_alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 4
admin address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 5
admin changename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 6
admin changeboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 7
admin changeprompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 8
admin contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 9
admin downInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 10
admin gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 11
admin guestpasswd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 12
admin inband_address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 13
admin interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 14
admin link_type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 15
admin location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 17
admin nvram backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 18
admin nvram defragment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 19
admin nvram reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 20
admin nvram restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 21
admin passwd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 22
admin peergroupid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 - 23
admin pnnilevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 24
admin reboot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 25
admin readcommunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 26
admin signaling esi add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 27
admin signaling esi remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 28
admin signaling route add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 29
admin signaling route remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30
admin static_ip enable_client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31
admin static_ip enable_server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 32
admin static_ip disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 33
admin static_ip add_client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 34
admin static_ip rem_client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 35
admin static_ip set_server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 36
admin switch cdvt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37
admin switch epd enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38
admin switch epd threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
admin switch queue capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 40
admin switch queue global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 41
admin switch maxvci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 42
admin telnetflag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 43
admin trapcommunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 44
admin trapdestination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 45
admin upInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 46
admin time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 47
admin writecommunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 48
admin zeroerrs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 49
admin zeroEtherstats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 50
admin zeroSarstats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 51
admin zeroSonetstats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 52
Chapter 7 file Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1
Editor Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 2
file cat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 3
file cp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 4
file cr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 5
file edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 6
file erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 7
file info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 8
file ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 9
file rm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 - 11
Chapter 8 modify Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
modify add_channel multipoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 2
modify add_channel point-point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 4
modify add_path multipoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 6
vi
modify add_path point-point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 8

modify atmprefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 10
modify console autologout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 11
modify console timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 12
modify rem_channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 13
modify rem_path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 15
Chapter 9 PPP Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
ppp display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 3
ppp localPppHost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 4
ppp modem modemDialStrIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 5
ppp modem modemDialStrOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 6
ppp modem modemHangupStr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 7
ppp modem modemSetupStr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 8
ppp setCHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 9
ppp setdialin authentIn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 10
ppp setdialin peerIPIn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 11
ppp setdialout authentOut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 12
ppp setdialout delay_timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 13
ppp setdialout peerIPOut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 14
ppp setdialout pppModeOut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 15
ppp setdialout namePassOut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 16
ppp setdialout teleNum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 1 7
ppp setPAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 - 18
ppp set_ppp_ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 19
Chapter 10 show Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 1
show ethernet showIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 5
show ethernet showrings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 6
show ethernet showregs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 7
show lec config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 8
show lec status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 9
show link_type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 10
show pnni hmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 11
show pnni neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 12
show pnni mib base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 13
show pnni node mib . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 14
show pnni mib addmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 15
show pnni mib pgl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 16
show pnni mib timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 17
show pnni mib svcct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 18
show pnni mib scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 19
show pnni mib interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 20
show pnni mib link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 21
show pnni mib map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 22
vii
show pnni mib metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23

show pnni mib nmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 24
show pnni mib npeert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 25
show pnni mib npeerport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 26
show pnni mib ptse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 27
show pnni mib rnode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 28
show pnni mib raddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 29
show pnni mib rbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 30
show pnni mib rdtl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 31
show pnni mib rtns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 32
show pnni mib summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 33
show pnni mib summaddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 34
show pnni mib svccrcc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 35
show pnni mib tnsmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 36
show pnni node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 37
show pnni rouadd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 38
show ppp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 39
show signaling cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 40
show signaling esi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 42
show signaling routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 43
show signaling stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 44
show signaling summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 47
show static_ip client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 50
show static_ip server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 51
show static_ip status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 52
show stats cellstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 53
show stats errether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 54
show stats errsar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 55
show stats ether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 57
show stats memstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 58
show stats queuestat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 60
show stats sar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 61
show stats portstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 62
show stats swstat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 64
show switch busy_vcis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 65
show switch cdvt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 66
show switch chipversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 67
show switch circuittable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 68
show switch epd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 70
show switch free_vcis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 71
show switch maxvci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 72
show switch queue capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 73
show switch queue global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 74
show system alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 75
show system bootSource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 76
show system chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 77
show system community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 79
show system configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 80
show system crash_info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 81
viii
show system eventlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 82

show system interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 83
show system que . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 84
show system seeprom bp_base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 85
show system seeprom bp_card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 86
show system seeprom bp_chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 87
show system seeprom phy# . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 88
show system seeprom swf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 89
show system seeprom swp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 90
show system seeprom sync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 91
show system stack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 92
show time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 93
show trapinfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 0 - 94
show users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 95
show version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 96
Chapter 11 sync Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 1
sync diag dext . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 2
sync diag dline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 3
sync diag dprov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 4
sync diag dstats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 5
sync enable/disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 6
sync mode holdover and sync mode lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 7
sync setsync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 8
sync status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 - 10
Chapter 12 tftp Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 - 1
tftp get . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 - 2
tftp setserver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 - 3
tftp status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 - 4
Chapter 13 miscellaneous Commands

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 1
Subcommands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 1
conmsg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 2
exec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 3
pang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 4
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 5
status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 6
telnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 - 8
ix
Appendix A Table of Events and Alarms

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 1
Managing Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 1
Event and Alarm Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - 1
Glossary
Index
Preface
This guide explains how to configure and operate the Lucent TM CajunTM A500 ATM
Switch. It also includes information on the Command Line Interface (CLI).
Documentation Feedback
If you have comments about the technical accuracy or general quality of this document
please contact us at:
documentation@lucentctc.com
Please cite the document title, part number, and page reference, if appropriate.
Online and Related Documentation

Lucent Technologies maintains copies of all technical documentation on the
documentation web server. To access online documentation, including HTML and PDF
documents, use Netscape Navigator version 4.x or above or Internet Explorer version 4.x
or above and enter the URL:
http://pubs.lucentctc.com/
Related documentation:
Lucent Cajun A500 ATM Switch Installation Guide
If you are unfamiliar with ATM technology, on which the Cajun A500 design is based,
we suggest reading one of the following texts which provide a strong summary of ATM:
U ATM: Foundation for Broadband Networks: Uyless Black, Prentice-Hall, 1995.
ISBN: 0-13-297178-X (Note that this book provides a high level technical view of
ATM).
U ATM for Dummies: Kathy Gadecki and Christine Heckart, IDG Books Worldwide,
1997. ISBN: 0-7645-0065-1
xi
Preface
Conventions
7KLVGRFXPHQWXVHVWKHIROORZLQJFRQYHQWLRQV
Convention
User Input
Represents
User entered text.
Examples
To create a new password, enter admin
passwd greyhound
Emphasis
A new term, text

emphasis, or a
document title.
The system settings are permanently saved

to NVRAM if you use the store command.
Boldface
Text
Menu command or
button name.
Select File | Save to save your current

work session.
Click Cancel to cancel the installation.
System
Output
Text displayed by the

system.
If you attempt the find the physical

location of port 30, the system displays
Unit 2 Port 2
Note: Provides additional information about a procedure or topic.
CAUTION: Indicates a condition that may damage hardware or software.
WARNING:Indicates a condition that may cause bodily injury or death. Before
working on equipment, ensure that you turn the power off and unplug
the equipment in question.
Failure to follow proper safety precautions can result in electrical shock.
Audience
This guide is intended for the following people at your site:
t Network managers
t Network administrators
xii
Preface
Overview of The Contents

This guide contains the following chapters:
Chapter 1 Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview Provides an overview of the Cajun A500
ATM Switch.
Chapter 2 Using the Cajun A500 Manager Provides an overview of the Cajun A500
Manager.
Chapter 3 Configuring the Cajun A500 Network Explains how to perform the initial
configuration of the switch, configure ports, PPP, PNNI, and clock sync.
Chapter 4 Managing the Physical Network Explains how to manage the physical
network from both the CLI and Cajun A500 Manager.
Chapter 5 Using the Cajun A500 Command Line Interface Explains how to use the
Cajun A500 CLI.
Chapter 6 admin Commands Explains the admin commands.
Chapter 7 file Commands Explains the file commands.
Chapter 8 modify Commands Explains the modify commands.
Chapter 9 PPP Commands Explains the PPP commands.
Chapter 10 show Commands Explains the show commands.
Chapter 11 sync Commands Explains the sync commands.
Chapter 12 tftp Commands Explains the tftp commands.
Chapter 13 miscellaneous Commands Explains the misc commands.
Appendix A, Table of Events and Alarms provides a listing of Events and Alarms.
Glossary provides a list of terms and definitions.
Index
Contacting Lucent Corporation

For information about Lucent Data Networking products and services, please consult the
Lucent World Wide Web site at http://www.lucent.com/dns.
If you have any questions, please call Technical Support at 1-800-237-0016, press 0 at
the prompt, then dial ext. 73300. From outside of the United States please call
1-813-217-2425.
xiii
Preface
xiv
1
Cajun A500 ATM Switch
Overview
Overview
The Cajun A500 provides intelligent broadband transport for LAN switches, routers,
hosts (both servers and endstations), voice switches (PBXs), video communication
systems, multimedia servers, and other devices in a campus backbone. The Cajun A500
supports multiple network services, including data, voice, and video communications
and delivers multiple Quality of Service (QoS) levels to facilitate these services.
This release of the Cajun A500 ATM Switch provides:
U High-speed internetworking for either conventional layer two and layer three over
ATM configurations, such as IP over Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM), or LAN
Emulation (LANE).
U Connectivity for LAN switches, routers, and servers.
The Cajun A500 is intended to provide a lower cost per port, compact chassis design than
ATM switches designed primarily for enterprise WAN or carrier applications. These
switches tend to have redundancy, port fanout, service adaptation (frame relay-to-ATM
interworking or integrated circuit emulation services, for example), and buffering
features not needed in a campus networking product.
Interoperability
The Cajun A500 supports interoperability with multiple network products, including:
U LAN switches (Bay Networks Centillion 50/100; Ciscos Catalyst 5000/5500)
U ATM switches (Fore ASX-200 and ASX-1000, Cisco LightStream 1010,
Lucents MX 1000, Cajun A750, and GlobeView 2000, 3COM Corebuilder,
and others)
U Routers (Bay, Cisco, 3Com)
U ATM attached servers (Sun, HP, Compaq) and Multimedia servers (Lucent MMCX)
U Video conference systems (via AAL1 Codecs) and Voice switches (Lucent Definity
ATM ECS)
1-1
Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview
Product Features
The Cajun A500 supports the following capabilities:
U High-density, 8-port, 155 Mbps single-mode, multi-mode, and UTP OC-3c and
2-port, 622 Mbps single-mode and multi-mode OC-12c ATM interface modules.
U Non-blocking wire speed throughput on all ports simultaneously.
U Redundant power and cooling and interface module hot swap.
U ATM UNI V 3.0, 3.1 signaling for both switched point-to-point and multi-point
Virtual Channel Connections (VCCs). Also permanent VCCs and Soft Permanent
Virtual Circuits (SPVCs) are supported.
U ILMI (Integrated Local Management Interface) to enable ATM endstations and the
Cajun A500 to exchange ATM addressing and User Network Interface (UNI)
version information.
U Interim Inter-Switch Protocol (IISP) for standards-based static routing between
ATM switches.
U Partial Packet Discard (PPD) and Early Packet Discard (EPD) congestion
management for AAL5 flows. These work in conjunction with each other and both
must be enabled to function correctly. The PPD works on a switch-wide basis, while
the EPD works as a per port parameter.
U Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support for management. In-band
and out-band communications to manage a network of Cajun A500s.
U Modem support.
U Connection Admission Control (CAC) for supporting traffic belonging to different
Quality of Service (QoS) classes and queues.
U Network-wide clock synchronization.
U Static Route Distribution to lessen the need for manual configurations.
Release 3.0 offers the following additional features to the Cajun A500 system:
U ATM Forum Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI)
U ATM Forum UNI 4.0 Signaling and QoS.
U T3/E3 Physical Layer Interface Support (four Ports T3/E3, four Ports OC-3c)
U In Band (Static IP) Based Management
U Non-zero VPI signaling and routing
U Embedded Web Interface
U PPP Dial Up
1-2
Cajun A500 Software

The Cajun A500 system software architecture, as shown in Figure , is comprised of the
following functional components:
Figure 1-1: Cajun A500 Software Architecture
SWP
P
P
P
IP
TC P
UD P
MAKER
BUS
LANE
L
F
H
SAR
LEC
S
I
G
N
A
L
Telnet
TFTP
CA C
P
N
N
I
ETHER
U UNI Management Task (UNI mgmt task) manages the call control signaling
messages. These messages pertain to the calls terminated locally in the switch
control processor.
U Signaling Task sets up, maintains, and tears down connections used for control
information within an Cajun A500 system. These connections are used both for
Shortest Path First (SPF) messages and for connections enabling remote access to a
Cajun A500 via ATM.
U Routing Task computes and maintains neighboring system (neighbor)
connectivity and distributes the link state database.
U Switch Monitor Task manages overall Cajun A500 operation, including event
handling and statistic gathering, as well as the Operations And Maintenance
(OAM) of the PHY modules.
U Ethernet Driver initializes and monitors the Ethernet controller.
U SAR Driver reassembles incoming traffic to the switch processor and segments
outgoing traffic from the switch processor.
1-3
U Chassis Monitor Task monitors the physical components on the Cajun A500,
including fan operation and system temperature.
U LANE Client Task exchanges traffic (primarily telnet) to the Cajun A500 system.
This task receives and transmits in-band 1483 traffic from remote management
entities, including a LAN Emulation Configuration Server (LECS) and LAN
Emulation Server (LES).
U Console Task controls the command line interface for the Cajun A500.
U Switch Driver controls and monitors the ATMS200 and ATM Switch chip set. This
chip set is primarily responsible for creating and maintaining connections.
U SNMP Agent implements the SNMP that enables the remote management of the
devices.
1-4
Data Flow
The data and control flow in this architectures are shown in Figure 1-2.
Figure 1-2: Software Architecture - Major Data and Control Paths
SWP
C o n so le
Task
D U A RT D riv er
P N N I R o u tin g
Task
ILMI
Task
C all C o n tro l
Task
U N I/P N N I S ig n alin g
Task
C h assim o n
TA S K
Snooping
Task
Teln et
T FT P
SN M P
A g en t
L o cal
S erv ice M g t.
Trap /
N o tify
P N A (IP )
S w itch
M o n /C trl
To
Modem
PPP
E th er D riv er
Switch Driver
To
Ethernet
L A N E C lien t
MAKER
SAR
LEGEND
Data
Control
BUS
ATM
Switch
The following steps explain how ATM cell traffic is passed through an Cajun A500
switch:
1. ATM cells from the ATM ports are stored in the cell memory under the switch
fabric control.
2. ATM cells are either forwarded to another ATM port at the line speed or to the
SAR, if circuit terminates locally (Signaling/Routing Engine, etc.).
3. The Segmentation And reassembly (SAR) reassembles the cells to a Protocol Data
Unit (PDU) and notifies the appropriate local task.
1-5
4. The local task processes the PDU and performs the appropriate action. For example,
the Signaling/Routing Engine parses the PDU and determines the forwarding path.
A cross-connection through the switch is setup, if necessary.
5. The forwarded PDUs are passed to the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) unit.
6. The SAR segments the PDU and hands off the cells to the switch for transmission.
7. Ethernet traffic is management traffic that is handled locally.
PNNI Routing Task

The PNNI Routing function includes computing and maintaining neighbor connectivity
and distributing the link state database amongst the physical and logical peer groups. The
Routine Service portion specifically, is consulted by the signalling task for forwarding
signalling messages to the appropriate destination.
ILMI Task
The Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI) includes auto-negotiation, address
and service registration, and exchange of link information with the peer ILMI
component across all the physical links.
Call Control Task

The call control processing includes configuring the signalling task, interfacing with the
Switch Fabric control components, interfacing with the local CAC, and associating the
incoming and outgoing call processing.
UNI/PNNI Signalling Task

UNI/PNNI Signaling is responsible for setting up, tearing down, and maintaining UNI
3.0/3.1/4.0 as well as PNNI connections.
1-6
Internal Static IP Connectivity

The Cajun A500 supports internal static IP connectivity. This functionality enables you to
manage the switches when there is no ethernet or LANE services available. You
configure one switch as the designated A500 or static IP server and all other switches in
the topology are configured as static IP client. The static IP server keeps a table that maps
the ATM addresses of the static IP clients to their respective IP addresses.
The static IP server also creates Inband connections to each of the static IP clients. In this
way, ethernet connectivity is required only to the designated A500/static IP server. The
static IP server acts as a proxy for the static IP clients and bridges across the ethernet to
the Inband ATM connections to the static IP clients. The result is that you only need an
out-of-band connection to the static IP server and from this connection can access (via
telnet, web, SNMP etc.) all of the other switches via the Inband connections.
Note: Hijacking the Ethernet Port: static IP is used to create IP connection (e.g.,
Telnet, SNMP) to A500 switches when LANE is not available. When LANE is
available, LANE is the preferred method to provide IP connection.
On the static IP server, the Network Management System (NMS) is on the ether
port; there is no instance of an ethernet interface and user defines the static IP
address for the box (Managed Entity).
On the static IP Client, there can exist an instance of the ethernet interface,
where the ethernet must be on a subnet other than the NMS subnet. When
static IP is in use, the NMS should be on the same network as the ME, e.g.,
A500. If this is not the case, the default gateway must be on the same network
as the Static IP address. This applies to both the client and server A500s. This
forces the IP traffic to flow on the static IP Interface.
Note: Ethernet Filtering in Promiscuous Mode: To provide static IP, the ethernet
interface (physical port) must be placed in promiscuous mode. This mode
enables the static IP server to receive unicast MAC frames destined for
Static-IP Clients. To avoid overwhelming the A500 with ethernet traffic, a
filter has been defined to only accept those frames with an OUI matching that
of the static IP server. If the OUI ever changes on a A500 you add later, that
A500 will not transmit data.
This functionality supports in-band communication from an ethernet attached
management station on one Cajun A500 to the other Cajun A500s in the network. This
capability is only available when LANE in not available in the network. Figure 1-3
depicts the typical situation where this functionality is available.
1-7
Figure 1-3: Static IP Functionality
LANE
A500
Server
Management
Station
Ethernet
A500
ATM
Cloud
A500
When LANE-enabled, all of the Cajun A500s and the management station join the same
ELAN in order to achieve management connectivity. When local-access enabled, the
Cajun A500s do not automatically attempt to join the management ELAN. You must
configure the Cajun A500 where the management station resides, (the designated A500)
with the ATM addresses, ethernet addresses and IP addresses of the other Cajun A500s.
The other A500s establish a VCC to the designated A500. A simplified form of bridging
takes place in the designated Cajun A500 with respect to the treatment of frames
received over the local ethernet segment and the VCCs to the other Cajun A500s to
provide the required frame forwarding.
Static IP Architecture
When LANE-enabled, there are two separate PNA interfaces, and thus IP addresses, that
correspond to the local ethernet and the Cajun A500s LEC. When the designated A500 is
in local-access mode, the VCC to the designated A500 takes the place of the LEC
interface. The major difference is that this VCC to the designated A500 is treated like the
local ethernet, meaning:
U All frames sent by the Cajun A500 out of the PNA local-access interface are sent to
the VCC to the designated A500.
U All frames received over the VCC from the designated A500 are sent to the
corresponding PNA interface.
When in Local-access mode and not the designated A500, a Cajun A500 is configured
with the ATM address of the designated A500. The Cajun A500 continuously attempts to
setup a connection with the designated A500. An ATM address selector value is reserved
for this use.
1-8
Figure 1-4: Local-access Mode
'HVLJQDWHG$
PNA
Mini-Bridge
Local Ethernet
MAC IP Port
Mapping Table
(MIPM)
Proxy-ARP
Handler
VCCs to other A500s
The designated A500 is configured with the ATM, MAC and IP addresses of the other
Cajun A500s in the network.
Note: The MAC address is the one associated with the LEC, not the ethernet port.
U The designated A500 accepts a connection from another Cajun A500 if its ATM
address matches one of the configured addresses.
U The MAC and IP addresses combine to populate entries in the MIPM table. The
entry in the MIPM for PNA is the base (LEC) MAC address and IP address of the
designated A500.
U The mini-bridge examines all unicast frames received on the local ethernet and
determine whether they specify the destination MAC address of one of the A500s.
U If the frame is for one of the Cajun A500s, the mini-bridge forwards the frame onto
the associated VCC or to PNA if it is to its own MAC address. Unicast frames not
destined to the MAC address of an A500 are dropped.
U When a frame is received by the designated A500 from PNA, or from any of the
VCCs to the other A500s, it is blindly forwarded onto the local ethernet port,
regardless of whether the frame is a uni-cast, multi-cast or broadcast.
1-9
When the mini-bridge receives a multi-cast frame from the local ethernet port, it is
dropped. When the mini-bridge receives a broadcast frame from the local ethernet port,
it examines the frame to determine whether it is an IP ARP. If it is an IP ARP, the
Proxy-ARP Hander (PAH) function is invoked. The PAH looks in the MIPM to see if the
specified IP address is one of the A500s. If it is, the appropriate ARP response is returned
to the local ethernet port.
SWP Operating System API

The architecture of the OS API and its relationship with the underlying operating system
and device drivers are illustrated in Figure 1-5.
Figure 1-5: OS Adaptation Layer and Underlying Components
G eneric O perating S ystem Interface
O perating S ystem A daptation Layer
Tim er M anager
B uffer M anager
H igh Level I/O Interface
pR O B E +
pS O S +
O ther M isc
F unctions
D evice D river
Note: The implementation of the adaptation layer attempts to map directly to the
underlying operating system calls as much as possible so as to minimize the
overhead.
The OS APIs are classified into the following categories:
U User data structures
U Process management call interface, inter-process communication call interface,
buffer management call interface, timer management call interface, I/O
management call interface, and other misc call interface
1-10
Process Communication
The processes running on the Switch Processor Engine (SWP) communicate via the Inter
Process Communication mechanism (IPC), provided by pSOS, the real-time operating
system used on the Cajun A500 SWP. The processes transmit and receive data to and
from the lower level drivers by registering with the Local Frame Handler layer.
Figure 1-6 describes the data flow between the software components.
Figure 1-6: Data Flow Between Software Components
IPC
Process A
Process B
SOCKET
Network Protocols
(e.g., TCP/IP, UDP/IP)
lfTxFrame/lfhISR
SAR
Driver
Ether
Driver
pSOSystem Operating System

The pSOSystem operating system is a modular, high-performance, real-time operating
system designed specifically for embedded microprocessors. It provides a complete
multi-tasking environment based on Open System standards. The pSOSystem operating
system is designed for quick start-up on both custom and commercial hardware and is
supported by an integrated set of cross development tools that can reside on UNIX or
DOS-based computers. These tools can communicate with a target device over a serial or
TCP/IP network connection.
pSOSystem Architecture
The pSOSystem operating system employs a modular architecture built around the
pSOS+ real-time multi-tasking kernel and a collection of companion software
components. Software components are standard building blocks delivered as absolute,
position-independent code modules. They are standard parts in the sense that they
remain unchanged from one application to another.
1-11
Unlike most system software, a software component is not wired down to a piece of
hardware. It makes no assumptions about the execution/target environment. At startup,
each software component is configured by reading a user-defined table containing both
hardware and application parameters. Every component implements a logical collection
of system calls. To the application developer, system calls appear as re-entrant C
functions that can be called from an application. Any combination of components can be
incorporated into a system to match your real-time design requirements. The
pSOSystem operating system includes the following components:
U pSOS+ Real-time Multi-Tasking Kernel - A field-proven, multi-tasking kernel
that provides an efficient mechanism for coordinating the activities of your
real-time system.
U pSOS+m Multiprocessor Multi-Tasking Kernel - Extends the pSOS+ feature
set to operate across multiple, tightly-coupled or distributed processors.
U pNA+ TCP/IP Network Manager - A complete TCP/IP implementation,
including gateway routing, UDP, ARP, and ICMP protocols. It uses a standard socket
interface that includes stream, datagram, and raw sockets.
U pRPC+ Remote Procedure Call (RPC) Library - Offers SUN-compatible RPC
and XDR services and enables you to build distributed applications using the
familiar C procedure paradigm.
U pREPC+ ANSI C Standard Library - Provides familiar ANSI C run-time
functions such as printf(), scanf(), etc. in the target environment.
Clock Synchronization
The Cajun A500 has the ability to synchronize the clock reference being used for all of its
OC-3c, OC-12c, and T3/E3 ports to an external reference. The external reference can be
any of its OC-3c, OC-12c, and T3/E3 ports in its chassis, from an T1/E1 circuit (used
specifically for clocking purposes) connected to the SWP board, or from the T3/E3 board.
You select and prioritize four external references (two OC-3c/OC-12c, or T3/E3 ports
and two T1/E1 ports) for use as the clock reference for the Cajun A500. The external
source with the highest priority is used as the external source that the Cajun A500 locks
to. If the selected source goes bad, an external source with the next highest priority is
used. If all the external references go bad, the Cajun A500 generates timing using a
holdover mode. In holdover mode, the Cajun A500 regenerates the timing of the last
source it was locked to and uses this timing as its reference source. If there was not a
good last source, the Cajun A500 enters free mode, generating timing from an on-board
oscillator.
1-12
Connection Admission Control (CAC)

The Cajun A500 software supports connections using UBR, CBR, and Variable Bit Rate
non-real time (VBR-nrt) QoS classes concurrently. This integrates both voice and data
switching traffic over a common Cajun A500 ATM platform. UBR is used to support the
majority of data switching applications, such as LANE, Classical IP over ATM, and Virtual
LANs (VLANs) over ATM. CBR and VBR-nrt will be used to support voice traffic
connections.
In order to guarantee delivery of CBR and VBR-nrt cells through the switch fabric and to
the outgoing port, the Cajun A500 uses CAC. The use of CAC ensures that an output
port is not oversubscribed. For example, if port A1.1 currently has 95% of its outgoing
bandwidth reserved for existing CBR connections and a connection request is made for
10% of the port's bandwidth, the CAC rejects the request. However, if the request is
made for 5% or less, the request is accepted.
Note: The CAC does not effect UBR traffic. UBR traffic is best effort and is never
guaranteed to be delivered.
PNNI Functionality
The Cajun A500 PNNI supports the following:
U Single peer groups
U Separate virtual network routing domains
The Cajun A500 ATM Switch provides Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI), a
dynamic routing protocol that manages and allocates network resources for SVCs in an
ATM network. It keeps track of the current status of all switches and links in order to
manage resources and dynamically creates routing tables in ATM switches. When an end
station requests a connection with specific QoS parameters, PNNI is able to find a
possible path (if any) satisfying the request and allocates the necessary resources in the
network.
PNNI enables the network to respond quickly to link failures, link recoveries, and
changing network loads on any link. The network is able to adapt to changes in the
addressing of a network or the topology of the network as switches are added or deleted.
Peer Groups
PNNI creates groups for the distribution of routing information through the network.
These groups are called peer groups. A peer group should have topological significance in
which all members of the group are in the same physical location.
1-13
Point to Point Protocol (PPP)

The Cajun A500 ATM Switch provides Point to Point Protocol (PPP) functionality. PPP
provides a standard method for transporting packets of any protocol over a
point-to-point link. It encapsulates network packets into a format suitable for a serial
link. PPP can carry many different types of networking protocols, including TCP/IP,
UDP/IP, AppleTalkTM, IPX, and DECnetTM. The Cajun A500 functionality enables you to
call into the A500 and access Telnet, TFTP, and the SNMP functionality. In addition, the
Cajun A500 can dial out when triggered by a Trap/Notify event.
PPP has three main components:
U A method for encapsulating datagrams over serial links.
U A Link Control Protocol (LCP) for establishing, configuring, and testing the
data-link connection.
U A family of Network Control Protocols (NCPs) for establishing and configuring
different network-layer protocols.
In order to establish communications over a point-to-point link, each end of the PPP link
must first send LCP packets to configure the data link during Link Establishment phase.
After the link has been established, PPP provides for an optional Authentication phase
before proceeding to the Network-Layer Protocol phase.
Figure 1-7 displays the software architecture for the Cajun A500 with PPP. This
architecture enables applications (Telnet, TFTP, SNMP, Trap) to run over PPP as if it was
any other network interface (i.e. ethernet).
1-14
Figure 1-7: Software Architecture with Point to Point Protocol
L ocal D irect M od em C onsole
C onso le
Task
Telnet
R outing
Task
T FT P
SNM P
A gen t
Trap /
N otify
U N I M gm t
Task
P N A (IP )
S ig naling
Task
C h assim on
Task
Snooping
Task
L ocal S ervice M g t./ L F H
E ther D river
PPP
S w itc h
M o n /C trl
SAR
L A N E C lie n t
D U A RT D riv er
local
M odem
Switch Driver
To Ethernet
LEGEND
Data
Control ............
ATM
Switch
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) Functionality

The Cajun A500 ATM Switch comes up by default with PPP already configured for a
dialin connection. This allows for ease in setting up a PPP session with the A500. Default
values are:
U Local IP address - 192.168.55.1
U Subnet Mask - 255.255.255.0
U Peer IP address - 192.168.55.2
U Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) is required- Lucent name and password
If these addresses conflict with other IP subnets in your system, you must change them.
These particular addresses were selected because they are the only addresses that work
for dialout on some versions of the PC dialup adapter.
1-15
Note: When PPP configuration changes are made, you must reboot the Cajun A500
for the changes to take effect. It does not need to be restarted when editing
PAP or Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol ( CHAP) tables.
You cannot directly disable the dialin channel like you can the dialout channel. If you
must disable the dialin channel , you can:
U Set PAP or CHAP as required.
U Clear all entries in the PAP/CHAP table.
U Another method to disable the dialin channel would be to add ATS0=0 to the dialin
dialstring (then the modem would never answer a call coming in).
Both channels always use active mode, which means that they try to initiate the
negotiations as soon as the physical modem link is up.
About IP addresses
When using WindowsTM 95, the mask is not particularly important if you are setting up a
point-to-point network).
Note: Performance markedly improves if the peers are in the same subnet.
If the addresses are not on the same subnet then the PC must be setup to use the default
gateway in order for applications to run. It is recommended that you configure both local
and peer address on the same subnet at the A500. Set the dialout name and password
required by the PC for autentication.
Modem Connections
If the modem connection is removed and then plugged back in to the A500, it is not
always detected (this appears to be modem dependent). Recycling the power on the
modem works most of the time. You can tell if it works if the AA (Auto Answer) light
comes on if successful. Another method is to reboot the A500.
The default modem setup and dialstrings are simple so that they work as broadly as
possible. But, if you really need to change modem setup, dial or hangup strings,
Table 1-1. lists chat special character codes you may need in addition to the AT command
set for your modem.
1-16
Table 1-1. Chat Special Character Codes
Code
Code Function
\s
Send or Receive a space character.
\t
Send or Receive a horizontal tab.
\n
Send or Receive a line feed character.
\r
Send or Receive a carriage return.
\\
Send or Receive a backslash.
\^
Send or Receive a carat.
\ddd
Send or Receive a character specified in octal digits.
\p
Pause for .25 seconds before proceeding, (send only).
\dx
Delay for x seconds (send only).
\K
Send a break (.25 seconds of zero bits).
\c
Don't append a carriage return after proceeding string (send only).
\T
Insert the telephone number.
\P
Insert the password.
\U
Insert the user login.
\N
Send nothing.
You may need to change the dialout script if there is a preliminary authentication
required at the modem level. In addition, you can use the two patterns ABORT and
TIMEOUT. The following is an example of a dialout script where there is a preliminary
authentication.
TIMEOUT 3 ABORT NO\sCARRIER
ABORT BUSY
CONNECT \N login: \U password: \P
ABORT NO\sDIALTONE \N AT OK ATDT\T
Figure 1-8 displays an expanded picture of the functionality provided by PPP.
1-17
Figure 1-8: PPP Functionality Overview
To/From pNA (IP)

PPP actually provides NI interface
PPP
Link Control Protocol
Authentication
ControlProtocol
Protocol
IpIPControl
HDLC
Serial Port
Modem
PPP provides modem support also

in the form of scripts.
1. You must set up the serial port and modem to receive calls in order to use the
SNMP agent or Telnet applications.
2. The modem must be dialed to use the trap application.
3. After the modem connection is made then the Link Control Protocol (LCP) runs to
perform the layer 2 configuration of the link (maximum packet size, which
characters must be sent masked etc.).
4. The initialization of PPP occurs after all of the other Cajun A500 tasks begin.
1-18
If PPP is not enabled the modem is set up to accept calls and start a console task
when a call comes in.
If PPP is enabled, a PPP task is created and starts to manage the two possible
virtual channels. The new task reads the PPP configuration data from the
NVRam. The PPP task activates on a timer event.
Initially, the PPP task configures the channel for dialin mode and starts the PPP network
interface; this creates and starts the PPP daemon. The PPP daemon waits on
initialization, send, receive, and control events. The serial port and modem are initialized
through the PPP daemon. The PPP task has the following duties when set up:
U Checks message queue for a trap message - If there is a trap message, it saves
the information in a private log. If the trap is the first one in, the log starts a hold
trap message timer.If the log is almost full (ten events) then change PPP network
configuration to dialout and send trap. After last trap is sent out the PPP channel
waits five seconds and then shuts down the dialout connection and returns to
waiting for dialin connection.
U Checks to see if hold trap message timer has expired - If yes, then configure
the channel for dial out and send the trap.After the last trap is sent out the PPP
channel, wait five seconds and then shuts down the dialout connection and goes
back to waiting for dialin connection.
U Checks the link status - If link was up and then goes down again, reset the
modem and start waiting for dialin connect again.
The PPP task does not break down a dialin connection enricher to send out a trap
in the above cases. Instead it waits for dialin link to be disconnected.
Authentication Configuration
PPP defines a Link Control Protocol, which enables negotiation of an Authentication
Protocol for authenticating its peer before allowing Network Layer protocols to transmit
over the link. Authentication configuration options are:
U Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)
U Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)
The IP Control Protocol (IPCP) is negotiated last. After this step completes, the entire link
opens so that applications can begin passing data. These authentication protocols are
intended for use primarily by hosts and routers that connect to a PPP network server via
switched circuits or dialup lines, but might be applied to dedicated links as well. The
server can use the identification of the connecting host or router in the selection of
options for network layer negotiations.
1-19
Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)

The Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) provides a simple method for the peer to
establish its identity using a 2-way handshake. This is done only upon initial link
establishment. After the link establishment phase completes, an ID/Password pair is
repeatedly sent by the peer to the authenticator until authentication is acknowledged or
the connection terminates.
Passwords are sent over the circuit in the clear, and there is no protection from playback
or repeated trial and error attacks. The peer is in control of the frequency and timing of
the attempts. Any implementations which include a stronger authentication method
(such as CHAP) must offer to negotiate that method prior to PAP.
This authentication method is most appropriately used where a plain text password must
be available to simulate a login at a remote host. In such use, this method provides a
similar level of security to the usual user login at the remote host.
Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)

The Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) is used to verify the identity
of the peer using a 3-way handshake. This is done upon initial link establishment, and
can be repeated anytime after establishing the link. After the link establishment phase
completes, the authenticator sends a challenge message to the peer. The peer responds
with a value calculated using a one-way hash function. The authenticator checks the
response against its own calculation of the expected hash value. If the values match, the
authentication is acknowledged; otherwise the connection terminates.
CHAP provides protection against playback attack through the use of an incrementally
changing identifier and a variable challenge value. The use of repeated challenges is
intended to limit the time of exposure to any single attack. The authenticator is in
control of the frequency and timing of the challenges. This authentication method
depends upon a secret known only to the authenticator and that peer. The secret is not
sent over the link. Use this method when the same secret is easily accessed from both
ends of the link.
1-20
Data Flow
There are three types of messages that the system can receive:
U PPP link packets
U PPP Data packets
U Raw packets
The Raw packets are directed to the modem script handler. The PPP data and link packets
are decoded into a PPP owned buffer and the Async buffer is returned to the Async
buffer pool. The PPP buffers are sent to the PPP daemon which sends the link packets to
the appropriate handler (LCP, IPCP).
Transmit buffers can be generated from the same 3 sources:
U Modem chat script (raw)
U PPP link information
U Application data from PNA
The link and data buffers are encoded and copied into Async buffers and then
transmitted. The raw buffers follow a similar path except they are not encoded as PPP
buffers.
1-21
1-22
2
Using the Cajun A500 Manager
Overview
The Cajun A500 provides an embedded web server that enables you to set all parameters
on a particular switch. Use this interface for quick and simple configuration changes.
Logging In to the Web Agent

Although the Web Agent supports any frames-capable browser, the system has been
qualified with the following browsers:
U Netscape Navigator 4.5 or later
U Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or later
To log in to the Web Agent:
1. Start your browser.
2. In the Location field, enter the URL of the switch you want to manage
(for example: http://127.255.255.0).
3. Press Enter. The login window opens.
4. Enter a valid user name. The default super user name is root.
5. Enter a valid password (if one has been set by your System Administrator). There
is no default password. The Web Agent window opens, (Figure 2-1).
2-1
Figure 2-1. Web Agent Window
Installing Cajun A500 Help Files

Certain resources used by the Web Agent are located off the switch to preserve switch
memory. Setting up a help server location for the switch enables the switch to access
online help files for the Web Agent. Figure 2-2.provides a diagram of how the
communication works.
Figure 2-2. Online Help Server
Separate web server serves
on-line help and bitmaps.
Management
Station
Switch serves page content

and receives responses.
You must add the files to an existing web server on your network. The Cajun A500
online Help files used by the web agent are located off the switch to preserve switch
2-2
memory. Setting up a help server location for the switch allows the switch to access the
Help files.
To install your online help on a your web server, transfer the help subdirectory to that
web server and enter the URL for that web server in the Help Server Location field.
For example, if you transfer the CajunA500 help directory to your company server ( for
example, http://www.abc-company.com) you would need to:
1. Install the online help to a windows 95 or NT node in your network.
2. Transfer the entire help subdirectory into the root of your web server.
3. Ensure that you transfer the entire directory and not just the contents of the
directory.
4. Launch a browser and connect to your Cajun A500 switch.
5. Click Server Location in the System Configuration section of the Web Agent
window.
6. Enter the server location (for example, http://www.abc-company.com) in the
HTTP Server Location field.
7. Enter the directory name of your help files in the HELP Directory Location field.
8. The default for the help directory is help. You should not need to change this
unless you changed the name of your help directory prior to transferring it to your
web server.
Entering the Server Location

To set the location of the documentation server on the switch:
1. Launch a web browser and connect to your Cajun A500 switch.
2. From the menu on the left-hand side of the web agent display, select Help Server.
3. Enter the host name or IP address of the HTTP server you are using in the Help
Server Location text field.
4. Enter the Help Directory name in the Help Directory text field.
2-3
Getting Updated Help Files on the Internet

The help files are available on the internet. To download this archive:
1. Create a directory on the server machine where the help files will reside (for
example, c:helpinstall).
2. Use the change directory command (cd) to change to the directory you just created.
3. Launch a web browser and go to the Cajun Installer web page at:
http://pubs.lucentctc.com/
4. Click cajun_A500.zip to download the latest help files into the directory you
previously created.
For more information on this product, refer to the documentation that comes on your
Cajun A500 ATM Switch or refer to http://pubs.lucentctc.com to review the
online documentation there.
2-4
Using the Cajun A500 Manager Web Agent

The Cajun A500 ATM Switch provides an embedded HTTP server that enables you to set
all parameters on a particular switch. Use this interface for quick and simple
configuration changes.
Figure 2-3. Cajun A500 Manager Menu Items
2-5
Table 2-1. Web Agent Menu Options
Top Level
System
Available Options
General - provides basic system information (name, time, date, and software version)
Status - provides basic system status.
Modules - provides information regarding the modules installed in the system.
Addresses - enables you to modify system addresses.
SNMP - enables you to designate the Read, Write, and Trap Community strings.
Users - provides a listing of the current users of the A500.
Reset - enables you to reset the system.
Logs
Events - accesses the Events log information.

Alarms - accesses the Alarms log information.
Statistics
Switch - accesses switch cell statistics information.

Ether Port- accesses Ether port statistics information.
ATM Ports - accesses ATM port statistics information.
SAR Port - accesses SAR port statistics information.
Signaling - accesses signaling statistics information.
Virtual
Circuits
Displays the Virtual Circuit configuration information and enables you to change the
NVRAM settings for each port.
VC Table- displays the Virtual Circuit Table information for all ATM ports and enables
you to delete or add Virtual Circuits and Virtual Paths.
ATM Ports
Configuration - enables you to configure individual ATM ports and add new VPIs.
Statistics (Sonet) - displays ATM statistics (Port, Receive Cells, Transmit Cells).
PNNI
Configuration - enables you to set the configuration options for PNNI.

Hmap - displays all nodes in peer groups
Neighbor - displays neighbor node information.
Node - displays node information.
Route Addresses - displays route address information.
Signaling
ESIs - enables you to configure ESIs.

Static Routes - enables you to configure static routes.
Cause - displays a listing of Cause Codes.
Statistics - provides signaling statistics.
2-6
Top Level
Available Options
LEC - LAN emulation Client configuration information.
Services
Configuration - enables you to configure LEC options.

Static IP - displays the static IP status.
Configuration - displays the Static IP NVRAM Configuration window. You can
enable/disable static IP and set the mode for client or server.
Clients - enables you to add clients.
Servers - enables you to set the static IP server ATM address.
PPP - enables you to configure PPP. Includes addresses, authentication options, and
dial out information.
Authentication - enables you to add clients. You can set: PAP (Username,
Password, Message), CHAP (Hostname, Secret), Local Hostname (CHAP), Dialout
User/Password.
Modem Scripts - enables you to access the Modem Scripts and designate: Setup
String, Dialin String, Dialout String, Hangup String.
Clock Sync
Enables you to configure clock sync options.
TFTP
Enables you to use TFTP.
CLI
Enables you to access the Command Line Interface (CLI) for the Cajun A500.
Entering Basic System Information

To enter/modify basic system identification information:
1. In the System section of the Web Agent window, select General. The System
Information dialog box opens.
2. In the Name field, enter a name for the switch.
3. In the Time field, enter the time using 24-hour time format (for example, 10 p.m.
is 22 00 00).
4. In the Date field, enter the current date.
5. Click Apply to save your changes, or Cancel to restore previous settings.
Changing Addresses
To set or modify addresses (IP Address, IP Mask, Ethernet, Inband (Client), PPP, Default
Gateway, ATM Address):
1. In the System section of the Web Agent window, select Addresses. The Addresses
dialog box opens.
2. In the appropriate box, enter the new address.
2-7
To enter the IP address and IP mask of the Cajun A500, using the CLI:
1. Enter the admin address command at the AX500: prompt.
2. Press Return.
AX500: admin address
Enter IP Address [198.3.104.162]: 198.3.104.163
Enter IP Mask [255.255.255.0]: 255.255.255.0
New IP Address and Mask will be used when A500 is rebooted
Note: The new IP address and mask are not used until the device reboots.
To set or modify the Default Gateway, using the CLI:
1. Enter the modify default gateway command at the AX500: prompt.
2. Press Return.
AX500: modify default gateway
Enter IP gateway[198.3.104.240]:198.3.104.240
Default Gateway will be used when A500 is rebooted.
Note: The new IP address and mask are not utilized until the Cajun A500 reboots.
2-8
3
Configuring the Cajun A500
Network
Overview
Once your Cajun A500 is operational, complete the following tasks to configure your
Cajun A500:
1. Determine the network configuration (i.e., the endstations or switches that will be
attached to each operational link in your Cajun A500.
2. Configure the link type accordingly.
3. Configure any static routes.
4. Configure any Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs).
The following sections provide detailed explanations for each of these tasks.
Determining Your Network Configuration

First, determine what kind of endstation or switch will be attached to each link on your
Cajun A500, so that you can properly configure the link type for each port. The link type
specifies how each system directly connected to the Cajun A500 establishes
communication with it. The following are some basic guidelines for determining the link
type:
U Auto Configuration - if the external you are connecting to supports ILMI 4.0, no
configuration is necessary.
U Systems such as LAN (non-ATM) switches or servers typically support UNI 3.0, 3.1,
or 4.0 signaling, using the Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) protocol. In
these configurations, you typically only need to configure the link type to be used
by the particular ATM port on the Cajun A500. Configuration of static routes or
Permenant Virtual Circuits (PVCs) is usually not necessary. The section
"Configuring/Modifying the Link Type", describes how to configure the link type
and activate the Cajun A500 port.
U If connecting a network of Cajun A500s, you should use PNNI Routing/Signaling.
3-1
Configuring the Cajun A500 Network
U Third-party ATM switches and Lucent ATM switches - In these configurations, you
need to both set the link type and configure either a static route , PVC, or PNNI. The
section "Configuring/Modifying the Link Type", later in this chapter, describes how
to configure the link type and activate the Cajun A500 port. The section
"Configuring Static Routes", describes how to configure a static route; Section
"Configuring Permanent Virtual Channels and Paths" describes how to configure a
PVC.
Configuring the Link Types for the Cajun A500

Specify a link type to be assigned to an Cajun A500 port determines the service to be
supplied by the Cajun A500 over that port. This is done by specifying a link type from
the available set of link types for each active port in your Cajun A500.
Note: When you first bring up an Cajun A500, all ports are disabled (down). Ports
must be in this state when you configure the link type for the port.
Note: If using ILMI 4.0, and the external device supports auto-configuration, the
system auto configures and all that is necessary is bring up the port.
To configure the link type for a Cajun A500 port:
1. Bring the ATM port down, if it is not already.
2. Configure the link type.
3. Bring the ATM port up.
4. View the link types specified for each port.
5. Configure custom link types.
The following sections explain how to complete each of these steps.
Guidelines for Determining the Link Type

The following guidelines help determine which link type to use. The value you select
depends upon what the system directly attached to your Cajun A500 uses to establish
communication with the Cajun A500.
U Systems such as LAN (non-ATM) switches or servers typically support UNI 3.0, 3.1,
or 4.0 signaling, using the Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) protocol.
U Third-party ATM switches and Lucent ATM switches that support UNI 3.0 or 3.1
signaling, use PNNI.
3-2
Bringing the ATM Port Down

To bring an ATM port down:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select ATM Ports,
then select Configuration. The ATM Port Configuration window opens.
2. Select down in the Admin Status column for the port you want to bring down.
To bring an ATM port down using the CLI:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select CLI. A shell
window opens.
2. Execute the admin downInterface command from the Cajun A500s console. For
more information on this command, see Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
Configuring/Modifying the Link Type

You can then proceed to configure the link type for the port. If you are unsure of which
link type to use, refer to the section "Guidelines for Determining the Link Type". All
ports are configured in Auto Mode running on VPI 0 and are in the admin up state. This
means that as long as the box connected to the A500 supports ILMI, the ports are all
"plug and play".
PNNI does not come up and run unless the box has been configured with a valid IP
address. Therefore, all boxes in a network of A500s must have their IP addresses
administered and then they must be rebooted.
To configure/modify the link types for ATM port:
2. Click on the port you want to modify. The Protocol Configuration Table window for
that port opens.
3. Click Modify
port opens.
. The Modify/Add Protocol Configuration Table window for that
4. Enter the information for the VPI, Admin Status, config, Ilmi, cell rate, and
max vci.
3-3
To configure the link type using the CLI:

window opens.
2. Execute the admin link_type command from the Cajun A500s console. For more
information on this command, see Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
Bringing the ATM Port Up

After you select the link type, you must bring the port back into service on the switch. To
bring the ATM port up:
2. Select up in the Admin Status column for the port you want to bring up.
To bring the ATM port up using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin upInterface command from the Cajun A500 console. For
more information on this command, see Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
Static Route Configuration

Note: It is recommended that you use PNNI. use static routes only if they are
necessary.
Most configurations enable the Cajun A500 to use ILMI to establish routes through the
network. Certain configurations, however, may require configuration of static routes or
Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs). The following are some guidelines to help you
determine when manual route configuration is necessary:
U Systems using the ILMI protocol to establish communication with the Cajun A500
typically do not require any manual route configuration.
U Systems that do use signaling, but do not use the ILMI protocol to establish
communication with the Cajun A500 typically use static routes.
U Systems that do not support signaling, require permanent virtual circuits.
3-4
Configuring Static Routes

To add and configure static routes:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Signaling.
1. In the Signaling section of the Web Agent window, select Static Routes. The
Local Static Routes window opens.
2. Click Add New Static Route. The Add a local Static Route window opens.
3. Enter the information for the Port, VPI, Address, and Mask for the static route.
To configure this kind of static route using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin signaling route add command from the Cajun A500
console. For more information on this command, see Chapter 6, "admin
Commands".
Deleting a Static Route

To delete static routes:
1. In the Signaling section of the Web Agent window, select Static Routes. The
Local Static Routes window opens.
2. Select the static route you want to delete and click Delete
appears for the static route you deleted.
. The information
To delete a static route, using the CLI:

window opens.
2. Execute the admin signaling route remove command from the Cajun A500
Commands".
3-5
Adding End Station Identifiers

To add new end station identifiers:
1. In the Signaling section of the Web Agent window, select ESIs. The End Station
Identifier window opens.
2. Click Add New ESI. The Add an End Station Identifier (ESI) window opens.
3. Enter the appropriate Port, VPI, and ESI information.
To add an ESI, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin signaling esi add command from the Cajun A500 console.
For more information on this command, see Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
Deleting End Station Identifiers

To delete and ESI:
1. In the Signaling section of the Web Agent window, select ESIs. The End Station
Identifier window opens.
2. Select the ESI you want to delete and click Delete
. The End Station Identifier
window opens displaying the "ESI successfully removed" message.
To delete an ESI, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin signaling esi remove command from the Cajun A500
Commands".
3-6
Configuring Permanent Virtual Channels and Paths

Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) are circuits that are manually configured and remain
in place until they are manually removed by the network administrator. PVCs are
typically used when the directly attached system does not support signaling. There are
two basic kinds of PVCs:
U Point-to-point - These bi-directional PVCs are configured when there are only
two endstations communicating.
U Point-to-multipoint - These uni-directional PVCs are configured when there is
one source endstation and multiple receiving endstations.
Adding Virtual Channels or Paths

To add a virtual channel:
1. In the ATM Switch 500 section of the Web Agent window, select Virtual
Circuits.
2. Select VC Table. The Virtual Circuits Table For All ATM Ports window opens. Scroll
to the bottom of the window.
3. Click on Add Virtual Channel. The Add Virtual Channel window opens.
4. Click on Add Virtual Path. The Add Virtual Path window opens.
5. Fill in the appropriate information.
To add a virtual channel using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the modify add_channel point-point command. For more information
on this command, see Chapter 8, "modify Commands".
To configure a point-to-multipoint PVC using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the modify add_channel multipoint command. For more information
on this commands, see Chapter 8, "modify Commands".
Note: The initial connection is added to the switch table, while the second
connection was bifurcated in the switch table.
3-7
Deleting Virtual Channels or Paths

Note: Virtual Circuits and Virtual Paths that are reserved for signaling cannot be
deleted.
To delete a virtual channel or path:
1. In the ATM Switch 500 section of the Web Agent window, select Virtual
Circuits.
2. Select VC Table. The Virtual Circuits Table For All ATM Ports window opens.
3. Click Delete
. The information appears for the channel you deleted.
CAUTION: If you accidentally delete the wrong Virtual Circuit/Virtual Path,

follow the steps in the "Adding Virtual Channels or Paths" section to
replace the VC/VP.
To delete a PVC using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the modify rem_channel command from the console. For more
information on this commands, see Chapter 8, "modify Commands".
Note: You use the same command when removing a point-to-point connection or a
leaf from a point-to-multipoint connection.
Note: When tearing down a point-to-multipoint connection, each leaf must be
removed individually. There is no single command to tear down both the root
and leaves of a point-to-multipoint connection.
3-8
Configuring LAN Emulation Client (LEC) Services

The Web Agent enables you to configure LAN Emulation Client (LEC) services. To
configure these services:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Services, then
select LEC. The LEC Configuration window opens.
2. Select the Mode (Enabled/Disabled).
3. Enter the Initialization Method to use.
4. Enter the Server ATM Address.
5. Enter the ELAN Name to use.
To configure the LEC options, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin lec commands. For more information on these commands, see
Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
Static IP Connectivity
The Cajun A500 supports Internal Static IP connectivity. This functionality enables you
to manage the switches when there is no ethernet or any LANE services available. This
functionality supports in-band communication from an ethernet attached management
station on one Cajun A500 to the other Cajun A500s in the network. This capability is
only available when LANE in not available in the network. See Figure 1-3 for more
information.
U You configure one switch as the designated A500 or static IP server.
U You configure all other switches in the topology as static IP clients.
Static IP Server
The server keeps a table that maps the ATM addresses of the clients to their respective IP
addresses.The server also creates Inband connections to each of the clients. In this way,
ethernet connectivity is required only to the designated A500 static IP server. The server
acts as a proxy for the clients and bridges across the ethernet to the inband ATM
connections to the clients. The result is that you only need an out-of-band connection to
the server and from this connection can access (via telnet, web, SNMP etc.) all of the
other switches via the static IP connections.
3-9
Hijacking the Ethernet Port

Static IP is used to create IP connection (e.g., Telnet, SNMP) to A500 switches when
LANE is not available. When LANE is available, LANE is the preferred method to provide
IP connection. On the static IP server, the Network Management System (NMS) is on the
Ether port; there is no instance of an ethernet interface and user defines the static IP
address for the box (Managed Entity). On the Static IP Client, an instance of the ethernet
interface can exist, where the ethernet must be on a subnet other than the NMS subnet.
When static IP is in use, the NMS should be on the same network as the ME, e.g., A500.
If this is not the case, the default gateway must be on the same network as the static IP
address. This applies to both the client and server A500s. This forces the IP traffic to flow
on the static IP interface.
Ethernet Filtering in Promiscuous Mode

To provide static IP, you must place the ethernet interface (physical port) in promiscuous
mode. This mode enables the static IP server to receive unicast MAC frames destined for
static IP clients. To avoid overwhelming the A500 with ethernet traffic, a filter has been
defined to only accept those frames with an OUI matching that of the static IP server.
Configuring Static IP
The Web Agent enables you to configure your static IP configuration, clients, and server.
To configure static IP:
select Static IP. The Static IP Status window opens with the Status and Mode
information.
2. Select Configuration. At the Static IP Nvram Configuration screen you can
select Enable or Disable for the Status and Client or Server for the mode.
To configure these connections, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin static_ip enable_client and admin static_ip
enable_server commands. For more information on these commands, see
Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
3-10
Adding Static IP Clients and Servers

The Web Agent enables you to configure your static IP clients and server. To configure
static IP clients and servers:
select Static IP. The Static IP Status window opens with the Status and Mode
information.
2. Select Clients. At the Static IP Clients window, you can add a client by entering
the IP, MAC, and ATM addresses.
4. Select Server. At the Static IP Server window, enter the ATM address for the
server.
To configure static IP clients and servers, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin static_ip add_client and the admin static_ip
set_server commands. For more information on these commands, see Chapter 6,
"admin Commands".
Configuring Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI)

To configure PNNI:
1. In the ATM Switch 500 section of the Web Agent window, select PNNI.
2. Select Configuration. The PNNI Configuration window opens.
3. Enter the PNNI Level.
To configure PNNI, from the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin pnnilevel command. For more information on this command,
see Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
3-11
Configuring Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)

To configure PPP:
1. In the Services section of the Web Agent window, select PPP.
2. Enter the PPP Addresses information.
3. Enter the Authentication Required information.
4. Enter the Dialout Options information.
To configure PPP, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the PPP commands from the Cajun A500 console. For more information
on these commands, see Chapter 9, "PPP Commands".
Configuring PPP Authentication

To configure PPP authentication:
2. Select the Authentication. The Authentication Tables window opens.
3. Enter the PAP Table information (Username, Password, and Message).
4. Enter the CHAP Table information (Hostname and Secret).
5. Enter the Local Hostname (CHAP) information.
6. Enter the Dialout User/Password information (Username and Password).
To configure PPP authentication, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the PPP commands from the Cajun A500 console. For more information
3-12
Configuring PPP Modem Scripts

To configure PPP modem scripts:
2. Select Modem Scripts. The Modem Scripts window opens.
3. Enter the Setup String, Dialin String, Dialout String, and Hangup String
information.
To configure PPP authentication, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the PPP Commands from the Cajun A500 console. For more information
Configuring Operations Administration and Maintenance

(OAM)
To configure OAM:
1. In the Services section of the Web Agent window, select OAM. The OAM F4/F5
Fault Management Cells window opens.
2. Select Segment and End2End in the Insert Loopback Cell section.
3. Select Create in the Segment End section.
4. Select the Connection Type and Port.
5. Enter the number of VPIs and VCIs.
3-13
Setting Up SNMP Communities

To set SNMP communities:
1. In the System section of the Web Agent window, select SNMP. The SNMP
window opens.
2. In the READ Community String field, enter a community name. This string
serves as a password that you enter at the network management station. It
provides the read level of access to the switch.
3. In the WRITE Community String field, enter a community name. This string
provides the write level of access to the switch.
4. In the TRAP Community String field, enter a community name. This string
provides the read trap level of access to the switch.
5. In the TRAP Destination field, enter an IP Address to send traps to the selected
IP address.
Configuring Clock Synchronization

To configure clock synchronization:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Clock Sync.
The Sync Card Status/Configuration window opens.
2. Enter the appropriate information for the State, External Reference Type, DS1
Framing Type, Wait Time to Restore (sec).
3. Enter the Port and Priority information for the OC-N/SDH Port and External
Port.
To configure clock sync, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the sync setsync command. For more information on these commands,
see Chapter 7, "sync Commands".
3-14
Setting Up the TFTP Server

To set up the TFTP server:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select TFTP. The
TFTP Set Server window opens.
2. Enter the TFTP Server Address information.
To setup the TFTP server, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the tftp setserver command. For more information on these
commands, see Chapter 12, "tftp Commands".
3-15
3-16
4
Managing the Physical Network
Overview
Managing the network from an Cajun A500 perspective is done from either the Cajun
A500 Manager or from each Cajun A500 switch using the Command Line Interface
(CLI). See Chapters 5 through 13 for information on the available CLI commands.
Saving and Restoring Configuration Parameters

This section describes the saving and restoring of configuration information.
Note: Not everything that you configure is saved within NVRAM. For example,
PVCs, PVPs, and SPVCs are not saved. Therefore, upon reboot they are lost.
The consolerc file is in a protected area on Flash. Clear the consolerc file by
executing the file erase command. Next, issue a tftp get command to
download the consolerc file from the TFTP server.
There is a method of retaining non-NVRAM parameters when a reboot occurs. This is
accomplished by entering each of the configuration commands within a file called
consolerc, which is stored in the MAIN section of the internal flash. When the Cajun
A500 reboots, the system looks for this file and configures the system according to each
of the commands it parses in this file.
U You can enter any information concerning PVCs, PVPs and SVCs. You can also
enter parameters that reside in NVRAM providing there is available syntax for that
specific command line. The consolerc only enables you to enter simple
commands line by line. When running the consolerc file, the Cajun A500 does
not generate status messages or indicate which command it is executing.
U You can have the Cajun A500 dynamically read the consolerc file and configure
the system by doing a file exec consolerc. Remember to name the
configuration file consolerc, because upon boot up, the system looks only at the
consolerc file and ignores any other ascii configuration file you have set up.
4-1
U The consolerc file, which is an ASCII file, resides only in the internal FLASH
within MAIN. It does not reside on the PCMCIA card. It is recommended that you
create the consolerc file on a PC/TFTP server first. Next, issue the tftp get
command from the Cajun A500 console and download the consolerc file.
Resetting the Cajun A500 ATM Switch

CAUTION:Your connection is lost when the switch resets.
To reset the Cajun A500:
1. From the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select System.
2. Select Reset. The System Reset Page window opens.
3. Click Yes or No in answer to the Do you want to reset the Switch?
question.
To reset the Cajun A500, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the admin reboot command from the Cajun A500s console. For more
information on this command, see Chapter 6, "admin Commands".
Viewing and Changing the Cajun A500 System Status

You can display and change system information on the Cajun A500, using the Cajun
A500 Manager. To display status information and make changes on the Cajun A500:
2. Select General, the General System information displays. You can change the
system name, date, and time from this window.
3. Click Apply to accept changes or Cancel to restore previous settings.
4. Select Status. The System Status information displays.
5. Select Modules. The Module Information window opens. You can select
individual modules from this window to get more detailed information.
6. Select Addresses, the Addresses information displays. You can change the
Ethernet, Inband, PPP, Default gateway, and ATM addresses from this window.
7. Click Apply to accept changes or Cancel to restore previous settings.
4-2
Viewing System Status Information

To view status information:
2. Select Status. The System Status window opens displaying information regarding
uptime, power supplies, and fans.
To view status information, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the status command from the Cajun A500s console. For more
information on this command, see Chapter 13, "miscellaneous Commands".
Viewing Module Information

To view module information:
2. Select Modules. The Module Information window opens.
3. Click on the Module you want to view. The Module Details window opens with
the information regarding that module.
Viewing Current System Users

To view the users currently using the Cajun A500:
2. Select Users. The System Users window opens displaying a list of the current users.
To view users, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show users command from the Cajun A500s console. For more
information on this command, see Chapter 10, "show Commands".
4-3
Viewing Address Information

To view address information:
2. Select Addresses. The Addresses window opens displaying address information.
Viewing Event and Alarm Logs

To view event and alarm log information:
1. From the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Logs.
2. Select Events to view event information.
3. Select Alarms to view alarm information.
To view events and alarms, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show system alarms and show system eventlog commands from
the Cajun A500s console. For more information on this command, see Chapter 10,
"show Commands".
Viewing Statistics
The Web Agent enables you to view statistics for all aspects of the Cajun A500.
Viewing Port Statistics

To view statistics from the Web Browser:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Statistics.
2. Select Switch, the Switch Cell Statistics window opens.
3. Select Ether Port, the Ether Port Statistics window opens.
4. Select ATM Ports, the ATM Port Statistics window opens.
5. Select SAR Port, the SAR Port Statistics window opens.
6. Select Signaling, the Signaling Statistics window opens.
4-4
You can also display miscellaneous cell statistics, from the Cajun A500 CLI. To view port
statistics, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute any of the show stats commands from the Cajun A500s console. For
more information on this command, see Chapter 10, "show Commands".
Viewing the Signaling Summary Information

Once the configuration of the port is selected, it can be viewed to verify what has been
chosen for it.
To view the signaling summary information:
2. Select ESIs, Static Routes, or Statistics to view information.
To view the signaling status of each signaling port, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show signaling summary command from the Cajun A500s console.
For more information on this command, see Chapter 10, "show Commands".
Note: Ports that have signaling disabled do not appear when you issue the show
signaling summary command.
Viewing Virtual Circuit Information

To view information about the Virtual Circuits in the Cajun A500:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Virtual
Circuits. The Virtual Circuit Configuration window opens.
2. Click on the Port you want to view. The Virtual Circuits Table window for that port
opens.
3. Select VC Table. The Virtual Circuits Table For All ATM Ports window opens.
To view virtual circuit information, using the CLI:
window opens.
4-5
Viewing Signaling Information

To view signaling information:
2. Select ESIs. The End Station Identifier window opens.
3. Select Static Routes. The Local Static Routes window opens.
4. Select Statistics. The Signaling Statistics window opens.
5. Select Cause. The Signaling Cause Codes window opens.
To view the signaling information, using the CLI:
window opens.
Viewing Signaling Cause Codes

To view a listing of the signaling cause codes:
2. Select Cause. The Signaling Cause Codes window opens.
To view the signaling cause codes, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show signaling cause command from the Cajun A500s console.
Viewing Signaling Statistics

To view a listing of the signaling statistics:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Statistics.
2. Select Signaling. The Signaling Statistics window opens
3. Select the port you want to view the statistics for and click Display. The
information for the port you selected opens.
or:
4-6
2. Select Statistics. The Signaling Statistics window opens
3. Select the port you want to view the statistics for and click Display. The
information for the port you selected opens.
To view the signaling statistics, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show signaling stats command from the Cajun A500s console.
Viewing LAN Emulation Client (LEC) Status

To view the LEC status:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Services.
2. Select LEC. The LEC Status window opens.
To view the LEC status, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show lec status command from the Cajun A500s console. For
Viewing LEC Configuration Information

To view the LEC status:
2. Select LEC. The LEC Status window opens.
3. Select Configuration. The LEC Configuration window opens.
To view the LEC status, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show lec config command from the Cajun A500s console. For
4-7
Viewing Static IP Information

To view the static IP information:
2. Select Static IP. The Static IP Status window opens.
To view the static IP status, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show static_ip status command from the Cajun A500s console.
Viewing Static IP Configuration Information

To view the static IP configuration information:
3. Select Configuration. The Static IP NVRAM Configuration window opens.
To view the static IP status, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show static_ip status command from the Cajun A500s console.
Viewing Static IP Client Information

To view the static IP client information:
3. Select Clients. The Static IP Clients window opens.
To view the static IP client information, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show static_ip client command from the Cajun A500s console.
4-8
Viewing Static IP Server Information

To view the static IP server information:
3. Select Server. The Static IP Server window opens.
To view the static IP server information, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show static_ip server command from the Cajun A500s console.
Viewing Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) Information

To view the PPP information:
2. Select PPP. The PPP Configuration window opens.
3. Select Authentication. The Authentication Tables window opens.
4. Select Modem Scripts. The Modem Scripts window opens.
To view PPP information, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the show ppp command from the Cajun A500s console. For more
information on this command, see Chapter 10, "show Commands".
Viewing OAM Information

To view the OAM information:
2. Select OAM. The OAM F4/F5 Fault Management Cells window opens.
4-9
Viewing Clock Sync Information

To view the clock sync information:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select Clock Sync
2. The Sync Card Status/Configuration window opens.
To view clock sync information, using the CLI:
window opens.
2. Execute the sync status command from the Cajun A500s console. For more
information on this command, see Chapter 11, "sync Commands".
4-10
C a j un A 5 0 0 ATM S w i t ch
C L I C o m m a n d R ef ere n ce S ect i o n
5
Using the Cajun A500
Command Line Interface
Overview
This chapter explains each Cajun A500 console command and its output. Commands are
discussed in alphabetical order. The Cajun A500 console uses the following command
verbs:
Table 5-1. Console Basic Commands
Command
Action
admin
Executes administrative tasks on the Cajun A500, such as enabling or

disabling the LEC.
exec
Executes a script file.
file
Administers file operations.
help
Displays information about various CLI options.
modify
Modifies Cajun A500 configuration parameters.
pang
Pings an ATM endstation.
ping
Pings an IP endstation.
ppp
Displays Point to Point Protocol (PPP) related commands.
show
Displays certain information about the Cajun A500 and its view of the
network.
status
Prints system status.
sync
Displays sync card-related commands.
telnet
Telnets to a remote A500.
tftp
Uses the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) to download files and images
over the network to the Cajun A500.
5-1
Using the Cajun A500 Command Line Interface
Accessing the Cajun A500 Console

When you first boot the Cajun A500, the console displays a series of initialization
messages. At the end of these messages, the System Console message appears, followed
by a login prompt. To access the console:
1. At the login: prompt, enter root and press Enter. The system displays the
password: prompt.
2. Press Enter without entering a password. The system displays the default Cajun
A500 console prompt.
You can execute all Cajun A500 console commands from the A500: prompt.
To access the CLI from the Cajun A500 Manager:
window appears.
2. Execute any of the CLI commands from this shell window. For more information
on the CLI commands, see Chapters 6 through 13 of this guide.
Commands
Cajun A500 commands are designed in three levels. The first level is an action word
(e.g., show, modify), the second level is the type of object the action works on (e.g., a
link, Cajun A500), and the third level can be a target object, information type, or data.
At each level, you can enter ? to see the usage for the subsequent level. For example,
entering ? at the prompt displays a list of actions you can execute on the system.
Entering ? after an action word displays the options and format for that command.
Using a ? in a Command Line Sequence

You can use a ? at selected points in an Cajun A500 command line sequence to obtain
more information about the command.
Enter a command verb, such as show, followed by a space and a question mark (show ?)
at the A500: prompt to display a list of show subcommands, as illustrated in the
following example:
5-2
A500: show ?
----------------------------------------------------COMMAND
DESCRIPTION
----------------------------------------------------[ ethernet ]
ethernet port info
[ lec ]
Display LEC commands
[ link_type ]
Display ATM link type configuration
[ pnni ]
Display pnni mibs
[ ppp ]
Display ppp configuration
[ signaling ]
View UNI Signaling information
[ static_ip ]
Show in-band management information
[ stats ]
show Ethernet and SAR statistics
[ switch ]
View switch related tables
[ system ]
show system info
[ time ]
show the system time/date
[ trapinfo ]
Display information about trap info
[ users ]
Display currently logged in users
[ version ]
display version of images
Enter a command verb and object, such as show static_ip, followed by a question
mark (show static_ip ?) at the A500: prompt to view a list of show static_ip
subcommands, as displayed in the following example:
A500:show static_ip ?
----------------------------------------------------COMMAND
DESCRIPTION
----------------------------------------------------[ status ]
Show Static-IP status
[ server ]
Show Static-IP server information
[ client ]
Show Static-IP client information
Enter a command verb, object, and info type, such as show static_ip rem_client,
followed by a question mark (admin static_ip rem_client ?) at the prompt to
receive an explanation of the commands function, for example:
A500: admin static_ip rem_client ?
admin static_ip rem_client -- Remove Static-IP client
[admin static_ip rem_client {clientNum}]
You do not have to enter the full command. You can enter just as many characters of the
command needed to make it unique, for example:
A500: show system interfaces
can also be entered in a short form:

A500: sh sy i
You can also use the Tab key to complete the words of a command you enter at the
command line. For example, if you enter sh and press Tab, the system completes the
word to say show. All Cajun A500 commands are described in detail in the following
chapters. Commands are case-sensitive.
5-3
Command Line Editing Options

The Cajun A500 console accepts standard line editing commands. Commands are
entered by simultaneously pressing the control key (^) and a character. The line editing
options are listed in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2. Command Line Editing Commands
Press Key
Result
^p
Moves to the previous line (circular buffer of 10 lines).
^n
Moves to the next line.
â
Moves to the beginning of line.
ê
Moves to the end of line.
^b
Moves back one character.
^f
Moves forward one character.
^l
Moves left one word.
^r
Moves right one word.
^h
Deletes previous character (backspace).
^d
Deletes character under cursor.
^g
Deletes rightward to left of word (gobble).
^w
Deletes leftward to beginning of word (wipe).
^k
Deletes rightward from cursor through end of line (kill).
û
Deletes the whole line (undo).
<tab>
Completes the word of a command.
Understanding the Command Line Format

The following sections describe the format for the CLI.
Note: Cajun A500 console command entries are case sensitive.
Syntax Conventions
The command line format uses the following syntax conventions:
U Required arguments are represented in curly brackets {}
U Optional arguments are represented in straight brackets []
Italic type within curly brackets represents a variable value that you must supply. Vertical
pipes (|) separate the options for a given argument; choose one.
5-4
Command Line Entry Conventions

Most Cajun A500 console commands require that you press Enter to execute the
command. This documentation does not include this instruction unless the specific
action differs from this standard. For example, when rebooting the Cajun A500, the
system prompts you with Are you sure you want to reboot?. When you enter Y
the system accepts this without you having to press Enter.
Syntax Structure
In general, each command uses the following format:
{verb} {object} {info_type} [target_object] [data]
This format is defined in Table 5-3.

Table 5-3. Command Format
Format Element
Description
{verb}
Action to be done (e.g., admin, show, modify).
{object}
Type of object upon which the action is performed (e.g., Cajun A500,
link).
{info_type}
Type of information about the object (e.g., configuration, statistics) that

is being displayed or modified.
[target_object]
Specific object upon which the action is being performed (e.g., Cajun
A500 Bldg1).
[data]
Data to be input (e.g., routing information).
Command Line Prompts

When you enter a command without specifying a target object, the CLI prompts for it.
For example:
A500: admin link_type
Select ATM port (A1.1 - A4.8):
If you had enter a complete command, such as admin link_type a1.1, no further
prompting by the CLI is necessary, and only the results of the command display.
5-5
For example:
A500: admin link_type a1.1
produces the following output:

A500: admin link_type
Select a configuration for port A1.1:
1) Standard UNI 3.0
(UNI 3.0 Network, ILMI)
2) Standard UNI 3.1
(UNI 3.1 Network, ILMI)
3) IISP Network
(UNI 3.1 Network IISP, no ILMI)
4) IISP User
(UNI 3.1 User IISP, no ILMI)
5) Lucent Network Signaling (UNI 3.1, LNS, no ILMI, SPF)
6) No Signaling
(No UNI, no ILMI, no SPF)
7) Custom...
Enter selection: 5
Setting port A1.1 to Lucent Network Signaling
In most cases, the Cajun A500 also prompts you for required information. For
commands that do not prompt you, enter the command name followed by a question
mark or refer to the Cajun A500 ATM Switch Command Reference Guide for syntax and
argument information.
Supported User Accounts

The Cajun A500 supports two levels of users:
U Super user
U Regular users
The super user account is root. This account enables you to execute all possible
commands from the Cajun A500 console. All other accounts enable you to view, but not
modify, information in an Cajun A500.
Modifying the root Password

You must set a password for the root login as soon as you log into the Cajun A500
console. To set this password:
1. Enter the admin passwd command at the Cajun A500 console prompt.
2. Enter your password at the prompt and press Enter.
Note: Password maximum length is eight alphanumeric characters.
5-6
Telnet Capabilities
If the Cajun A500 is on an IP network, you can Telnet to it from a PC or workstation. For
example:
telnet 198.3.104.162
TFTP Capabilities
Note: System administration functions (TFTP, file, init, etc.) should only be
attempted from a terminal connected directly to the console port on the front
panel of the Cajun A500, not from a Telnet session.
In order to TFTP images to the PCMCIA card, use the following command:
A500: tftp get directoryname/SWP_IMAGE.IMG
Destination [PCMCIA:SWP_IMAGE.IMG]:
IP address of TFTP Server [198.3.104.129]:
Where 198.3.104.129 is your TFTP server and the designated directory is the proper
directory on the server.
The internal flash is divided into two sections. The first is referenced as MAIN: and the
second as FLASH1: When issuing a TFTP command, you want to get a configuration
image which is called consolerc. Reference the flash location as follows: tftp get
MAIN:config name. If you want to put the image onto FLASH1:, then you must adhere
to the hard coded naming convention as follows:
SWP_IMAGE.IMG or nvram.dat.
You cannot put a file into this location that has a different name than SWP_IMAGE.IMG or
nvram.dat.
The configuration files can only be TFTP'ed to the internal flash. The external PCMCIA
flash can only receive the SWP_IMAGE.IMG and nvram.dat. Thus, it is not divided into
two sections like the internal flash.
To utilize the TFTP capabilities from the Cajun A500 Manager:
1. In the ATM Switch A500 section of the Web Agent window, select TFTP. The
TFTP Set Server window opens.
2. Enter the TFTP Server Address.
5-7
5-8
6
admin Commands
Overview
The admin commands execute administrative tasks on the Cajun A500, such as enabling
or disabling an ATM interface.
Subcommands
This command includes the following subcommands:
Command
Description
ack_alarms
Acknowledges and clears current alarms.
address
Enables you to set the Cajun A500 IP Host Address and Subnet Mask.
changename
Enables you to change the name of the system.
changeboot
Enables you to change the boot source.
changeprompt
Enables you to change the system prompt.
contact
Enables you to modify the agents contact.
downInterface
Disables an ATM port on the Cajun A500.
gateway
Enables you to change the Cajun A500 IP Gateway Address.
guestpasswd
Enables you to modify the guest password.
inband_address
Designates the in-band IP address and subnet mask.
interface
Enables you to select between SONET and Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

(SDH).
link_type
Changes the type of service provided for an ATM port.
location
Changes the agents location value.
nvram backup
Stores contents of NVRAM (Non-Volatile RAM) into a file on the PCMCIA

card named nvram.dat.
nvram defragment
Enables you to defragment the contents of the NVRAM.
6-1
admin Commands
Command
Description
nvram reset
Enables you to clear the contents of the NVRAM.
nvram restore
Restores contents of NVRAM from a from file on PCMCIA card name

nvram.dat.
passwd
Enables you to change the super user password.
peergroupid
Enables you to set the address for the peer group ID.
pnnilevel
Sets the pnni level
reboot
Reboots the Cajun A500.
readcommunity
Enables you to modify the SNMP V1 read community.
signaling esi add
Enables you to add a manually configured ESI to a port.
signaling esi remove
Remove a manually configured ESI.
signaling route add
Enables you to add a static route ATM address to a port.
signaling route remove
Enables you to remove a static ATM route address from a port.
static_ip add_client
Adds static IP client.
static_ip disable
Disables static IP.
static_ip enable_client
Enables static IP as a client.
static_ip enable_server
Enables static IP as a server.
static_ip rem_client
Removes static IP client.
static_ip set_server
Sets static IP server.
switch cdvt
Configures a ports cell delay variation tolerance.
switch epd
enable/disable
Enables you to enable or disable the early packet discard functionality.
switch epd threshold
Enables you to modify the early packet discard threshold.
switch queue capacity
Enables you set the cell capacity for a port or queue.
switch queue global
Enables you set the cell capacity for a specified global queue.
switch maxvci
Enables you to set the upper limit on the vci range for a particular port.
telnetflag
Enables or disables future telnet sessions.
trapcommunity
Enables you to modify the SNMP V1 trap community.
trapdestination
Enables you to modify the SNMP V1 trap destination.
upInterface
Enables an ATM interface on the Cajun A500.
time
Enables you to change the system time/date.
writecommunity
Enables you to modify the SNMP V1 write community.
6-2
admin Commands
Command
Description
zeroerrs
Resets the Cajun A500s Ethernet link processor error counts.
zeroEtherstats
Resets the Cajun A500s Ethernet link processor statistics counts.
zeroSarstats
Resets the Cajun A500s SAR (Segmentation and Reassembly) statistics counts.
zeroSonetstats
Resets the Cajun A500s SONET statistics counts.
6-3
admin Commands
admin ack_alarms
Purpose
The admin ack_alrams command acknowledges and clears the current system alarms.
Syntax
admin ack_alarms { all | # }
Arguments
This command requires the following argument(s):
all
Enter all to acknowledge and clear all the current system alarms.
Enter the number of a specific alarm to acknowledge and clear it.
Example
A500: admin ack_alarms all
If this command executes successfully, no output is returned.
6-4
admin Commands
admin address
Purpose
The admin address command enables you to change the Cajun A500 IP host address
and subnet mask.
Syntax
admin address { IP address } { subnet mask }
Arguments
IP address
Enter the new IP address using the syntax nnn.n.nnn.nn (e.g.,

198.4.112.22), or you can press Return to display prompts and
current settings.
Subnet mask
Enter the new mask in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn. If you want to

leave the subnet mask unchanged, press Return.
Example
A500: admin address
Enter IP address[198.3.108.158]: 198.3.108.158
Enter IP mask[255.255.255.0]: 255.255.255.0
New IP address and mask will be used when A500 is rebooted
6-5
admin Commands
admin changename
Purpose
The admin changename command enables you to change the name of the Cajun A500
system.
Syntax
admin changename [ new_name ]
Arguments
This command requires no additional arguments. The following argument is optional:
new name
Enter the new name that you want to appear for the system. If you
leave the prompt blank the system will have no name.
Example
A500: admin changename
Enter System name (Blank for none):Greyhound
6-6
admin Commands
admin changeboot
Purpose
The admin changeboot command enables you to set the boot source for the Cajun
A500. You can specify the boot source as either the PCMCIA card or the FLASH. It may
be necessary to obtain and load a new software image for an Cajun A500. This may be
necessary because:
U A Switch Processor module has been replaced, and the pre-existing software
version and PCMCIA card are not available.
U A new software version has been made available and needs to be installed for
proper operation.
Syntax
admin changeboot { bootdevName } { bootfileName }
Arguments
bootdevName
bootfileName
Specifies the boot source. This can be either PCMCIA: or FLASH:

specifies the boot image file. This is SWP_IMAGE.IMG
Example
A500: admin changeboot PCMCIA: SWP_IMAGE.IMG
Updating NVRAM boot source : [PCMCIA:] [SWP_IMAGE.IMG]
NVRAM boot source: Boot device [PCMCIA:] file [SWP_IMAGE.IMG]
6-7
admin Commands
admin changeprompt
Purpose
The admin changeprompt command enables you to set the prompt that displays on
the system.
Syntax
admin changeprompt { new prompt }
Arguments
new prompt
Enter the new prompt name that you want to appear on the system.
Example
A500:admin changeprompt
Enter Prompt:Lab1
Lab1:
6-8
admin Commands
admin contact
Purpose
The admin contact command enables you to change the Cajun A500 agents contact.
Syntax
admin contact { contact name }
Arguments
contact name
Enter a name for the contact person for the Cajun A500.
Example
A500: admin contact jsmith
6-9
admin Commands
admin downInterface
Purpose
The admin downInterface command shuts down access to a specified link on the Cajun
A500. Use this command before setting the link type using the admin link_type
command. You can also use this command for security purposes.
Syntax
admin downInterface { port } [ vpi ]
Arguments
port
vpi
Specify the port you want to shut down access to. Valid port numbers
are A1.1 through A4.8.
Specify the VPI. Valid values are 0 through 255.
Note: If you do not specify a VPI, the physical interface shuts down and all of the
protocols running on that interface are also shut down.
Note: If you specify a vpi, the physical interface remains in its current state and just
the protocols running on that port/VPI are shut down.
Examples
A500:admin downInterface a1.1
Bringing down Board 1, port 1
A500:admin downInterface a1.2 0
Bringing down Board 1, port 2, vpi 0
6-10
admin Commands
admin gateway
Purpose
The admin gateway command specifies the default gateway IP address of the Cajun
A500.
Syntax
admin gateway { new_ip_gateway }
Arguments
new_ip_gateway
Enter the new IP gateway using the syntax nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn

(e.g., 123.000.103.111), or you can press Return to display
prompts and current settings.
Example
A500:admin gateway
Enter IP gateway[0.0.0.0]: 123.000.103.111
We will clear the A500s default Gateway IP address
Default Gateway will be used when A500 is rebooted.
To verify, use the status command.
6-11
admin Commands
admin guestpasswd
Purpose
The admin guestpasswd command changes the guest-user password on the Cajun
A500. The guest-user account enables you to execute the following set of commands:
U help
U show
Syntax
admin guestpasswd { new_password }
Arguments
new_password
Specify the new password to be associated with this account name.

The password cannot exceed eight alphanumeric characters.
Example
A500:admin guestpasswd
please enter NEW password (maximum of 8 characters)>
please enter NEW password, again>
new password has been saved
6-12
admin Commands
admin inband_address
Purpose
The admin inband_address command enables you to set the IP address and subnet
mask for the inband client or server in the Cajun A500.
Syntax
admin inband_address { IP address } { subnet mask }
Arguments
IP address

current settings.
Subnet mask

Note: The inband IP address must be on a subnet different than the one the
Ethernet is on. This command will not allow you to put both IP addresses on
the same subnet. The LEC does not come up if the LEC IP is cleared (0.0.0.0).
In normal operation, changing the LEC IP does not take affect until the next
reboot; however, if the LEC IP is changed from 0.0.0.0 to a valid IP address,
the LEC uses the new IP address when it is enabled.
Example
A500: admin inband_address
Enter IP address[0.0.0.0]: 198.3.106.111
Enter IP mask[0.0.0.0]: 255.255.255.0
New IP address and mask will be used when A500 is rebooted
6-13
admin Commands
admin interface
Purpose
The admin interface command enables you to select between SONET and
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH). Selecting SONET/SDH configures the Cajun
A500's interface for SONET/SDH framing. The 155 Mb/622 Mb ATM interfaces follow
either the SONET or the SDH physical layer standard. These standards specify the frame
formats for the interface. Typically, the United States uses the SONET standard while
European countries use the SDH standard. It is necessary for both ends of an ATM link to
follow the same standard to ensure proper operation. This command enables the use of
either standard.
Syntax
admin interface { port }
Arguments
port
Specify the port you want to shut down access to. Valid port numbers
are A1.1 through A4.8.
Example
A500: admin interface a1.1
1) SONET
2) SDH
Enter selection: 2
6-14
admin Commands
admin link_type
Purpose
The admin link_type command modifies the type of service provided for an ATM link.
Syntax
admin link_type {port} {vpi} {config} [cell rate] [ILMI enable] [max
vci]
Arguments
port
Enter the number of the port for which you want to specify service:
A1.1 through A4.8.
vpi
config
Enter the VPI. Valid values are 0 through 255.

Enter the type of service you want provided to this port. Valid values:
1 -> no protocols running
2 -> auto-configuration
3 -> uni3.0 network
4 -> uni3.1 network
5 -> uni4.0 network
6 -> pnni
7 -> iisp3.0 network
8 -> iisp3.0 user
9 -> iisp3.1 network
10 -> iisp3.1 user
11 -> pvcs
cell rate
ILMI enable
Enter the cell rate that is allocated to this link.

Enable or disable ILMI.
max vci
Enter the maximum number of VCIs to be used by this link.
U If config is "no protocols", you do not have to enter a cell rate or ILMI parameter.
If config is "auto" or any of the "IISP" options or "PVC", the user does not have to
enter the ILMI parameter.
U PVCs can be set up on any of the configuration types, except "no protocols".
U The minimum cell rate that you can allocate for a link is 35320 cells per second.
This is 10% of OC3 line rate.
6-15
admin Commands
U You can configure a total of 64 links. There is no restriction as to how the 64 links
are distributed. For example, you can configure all 64 to run on 64 different VPIs of
the same physical link.
U When a switch is first powered up, all ports have VPI zero configured to "auto"
with full line rate.
Example 1
A500:adm link_type a1.8
Select vpi (0 - 255): 0
1) No Protocols
(No protocols running)
2) Auto-configuration
(Auto-configuration)
3) UNI 3.0
(UNI 3.0 Network)
4) UNI 3.1
(UNI 3.1 Network)
5) UNI 4.0
(UNI 4.0 Network)
6) PNNI
(PNNI)
7) IISP 3.1 Network
(IISP 3.1 Network)
8) IISP 3.1 User
(IISP 3.1 User)
9) PVC
(PVCs only)
Enter selection: 2
Select maximum VCI (32 - 2047): 2047
Select cell rate (10000 - 353207): 10000
Configuring Port A1.8, VPI 0:
Auto-configuration, ILMI, Cell Rate 10000, Max VCI 2047
Example 2
A500:admin link_type a1.8 1 2 2046 12345
Configuring Port A1.8, VPI 0:
Auto-configuration, ILMI, Cell Rate 112345, Max VCI 2046
6-16
admin Commands
admin location
Purpose
The admin location command enables you to modify the agents location value.
Syntax
admin location [ value ]
Arguments
value
Enter a value for the agents new location.
Example
A500: admin location lab3
6-17
admin Commands
admin nvram backup

Purpose
The admin nvram backup command stores the contents of NVRAM onto a file on the
PCMCIA card named nvram.dat.
Syntax
admin nvram backup
Arguments
This command requires no additional arguments.
Example
A500: admin nvram backup
.
## info : loading into PCMCIA - from 0x33c4cd44, to
0x50000000,size=1892
..
0x50000000,size=1892
NVRAM CRC 0x88bcf233
.
0x50000000,size=1892
A500:
--------Fields - loading ... writing to PCMCIA card
CRC
data written to file protected with a CRC
calculation
----------
6-18
admin Commands
admin nvram defragment

Purpose
The admin nvram defragment command de-fragments the contents of Cajun A500s
Non-Volatile RAM (NVRAM). This frees up space in the NVRAM that has been marked
as invalid by the switch software.
Syntax
admin nvram defragment
Arguments
Example
A500: admin nvram defragment
This function will defragment the contents of nvram storage.
If the system loses power or is rebooted while the defragment
is in progress, the entire contents of nvram may be lost.
As a result things such as IP address and port configuration
would need to be reinitialized.
Do you want to continue? : [n]y
defragmenting nvram contents...done
6-19
admin Commands
admin nvram reset

Purpose
The admin nvram reset command clears the contents of Cajun A500s Non-Volatile
RAM (NVRAM).
Syntax
admin nvram reset
Arguments
Example
A500: admin nvram reset
This function will clear the contents of nvram storage.
Things such as IP address and port configuration will need
to be reinitialized.
clearing nvram contents...done
6-20
admin Commands
admin nvram restore

Purpose
The admin nvram restore command restores the contents of NVRAM from a file on
PCMCIA card named nvram.dat. You must reboot the Cajun A500 to activate the new
NVRAM data.
Syntax
admin nvram restore
Arguments
Example
A500: admin nvram restore
Restoring NVRAM Entries
Successful Creating Entry Type:2
NVRAM restoration Successful
A500:
-----------Fields - Successful ... each nvram data has a type, prints out each
type being restored
6-21
admin Commands
admin passwd
Purpose
There are two accounts available on the Cajun A500:
U super user
U regular user
The admin passwd command changes the super-user password on the Cajun A500. This
account enables you to execute all the commands available on the Cajun A500 console.
Syntax
admin passwd { new_password } { current_password }
Arguments
new_password
current_password
Specify the new password to be associated with this account name.

This password must be exactly eight alphanumeric characters.
Specify the password now associated with this account name.
Example
A500:admin passwd
please enter NEW password (maximum of 8 characters)>
please enter NEW password, again>
please enter OLD password>
new password has been saved
6-22
admin Commands
admin peergroupid
Purpose
The admin peergroupid command enables you to enter a 13 byte address identifying
the peer group.
Syntax
admin passwd { default | address }
Arguments
default
address
Enter default and the system uses the prefix as the peer group ID.
Enter the 13 byte peer group address.
Example 1
A500:admin peergoupid
usage: admin peergroupid default
To use Prefix as Peer Group ID
-or- admin peergroupid [address]
[address] - a 13 bytes Peer Group ID
Current Setting :
Peer Group ID in NVRAM : 47.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.02.00
Use NVRAM Setting for Peer Group ID when rebooted
Example 2
A500:admin peergroupid 47000000000000000000000000
New Pnni Peer Group ID is stored in NVRAM and will take effect upon
reboot
To view the current settings:

A500:show pnni node
***** PNNI NODE INFORMATION *****
Level
: 96
Node ID (HEX)
: 60a0390000000000000000c0a857af0020b617780000
Peer Group ID (HEX) : 6047000000000000000000000200
ATM Address (HEX)
: 390000000000000000c0a857af0020b617780000
6-23
admin Commands
admin pnnilevel
Purpose
The admin pnnilevel command sets the PNNI level for the Cajun A500. Use this
command to mask the ATM prefix.
Syntax
admin pnnilevel { value }
Arguments
value
Enter a value between 0 and 104. The default is 96.
Example
A500:admin pnnilevel
Enter PNNI LEVEL [96]<values 0-104>:100
New PnniLevel [100] will take effect upon reboot
6-24
admin Commands
admin reboot
Purpose
The admin reboot command reboots the Cajun A500. For example, you must reboot an
Cajun A500 to upgrade its operational software. The Cajun A500 boot process follows
these steps:
1. Loads the boot image into RAM and executes it.
2. Initializes the TCP/IP stack using the parameters in NV-RAM (IP address, subnet
mask, gateway).
3. Loads the configuration information from NV-RAM and starts up the internal
processes.
4. Begins forwarding traffic.
Syntax
admin reboot
Arguments
Example
A500: admin reboot
Enter 'y' to confirm, 'n' to exit: System Reboot
If this command executes successfully, the login: prompt displays after the Cajun A500
reboots.
6-25
admin Commands
admin readcommunity
Purpose
The admin readcommunity command enables you to specify SNMP V1 read only system
access.
Syntax
admin readcommunity { community name }
Arguments
community name
Enter the community name designated for read access. For example,
public.
Example
A500: admin readcommunity
Enter system read community:public
This parameter will not be used until a subsequent reboot
6-26
admin Commands
admin signaling esi add

Purpose
The admin signaling esi add command enables you to add a manually configured
endstation identifier (ESI) to a port.
Syntax
admin signaling esi add { port } { vpi } { address }
Arguments
port
A1.1 through A4.8.
vpi
address

Enter the 6 byte ESI address using the syntax xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx (where
x is the hexidecimal characters 0 - F).
Example
A500: admin signaling esi add a1.8 0 11.11.11.11.11.11
added address
47.00.01.11.11.00.04.00.00.01.00.03.01.11.11.11.11.11.11.00 to port
a1.8 vpi 0
6-27
admin Commands
admin signaling esi remove

Purpose
The admin signaling esi remove command enables you delete a manually
configured endstation identifier (ESI) from a port.
Syntax
admin signaling esi remove { port } { vpi } { address }
Arguments
port
vpi
address
A1.1 through A4.8.
Enter the 6 byte ESI address using the syntax xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx (where
x is the hexidecimal characters 0 - F).
Example
A500: admin signaling esi remove a1.8 0 11.11.11.11.11.11
removed address
47.00.01.11.11.00.04.00.00.01.00.03.01.11.11.11.11.11.11.00 to port
a1.8 vpi 0
6-28
admin Commands
admin signaling route add

Purpose
The admin signaling route add command enables you add a static ATM route
address to a port.
Syntax
admin signaling route { port } { vpi } { address } { mask } { default }
Arguments
port
A1.1 through A4.8.
vpi
address

Enter the ATM address of the device you are routing to.
mask
Enter the mask bits.
default
Enter default to use the system default route information.
Example
A500: admin signaling route add
6-29
admin Commands
admin signaling route remove

Purpose
The admin signaling route remove command enables you delete a static routes ATM
address from a port.
Syntax
admin signaling route remove { port } { vpi } { address } { mask } {
default }
Arguments
port
vpi
A1.1 through A4.8.
address
mask
Enter the ATM address of the device you are routing to.
Enter the mask bits.
default
Enter default to use the system default route information.
Example 1
A500:admin signaling route remove a1.1 0 390000000000000000c085768 104
Example 2
A500:admin signaling route remove a1.1 0 default
6-30
admin Commands
admin static_ip enable_client

Purpose
The admin static_ip enable_client command enables you to designate static IP as a
client.
Syntax
admin static_ip enable_client { IP address } { subnet mask }
Arguments
IP address

current settings.
subnet mask

Example
A500: admin static_ip enable_client
6-31
admin Commands
admin static_ip enable_server

Purpose
The admin static_ip enable_server command enables you to designate static IP as a
server.
Syntax
admin static_ip address { IP address } { subnet mask }
Arguments
IP address
Subnet mask

current settings.
Example
A500: admin static_ip enable_server
6-32
admin Commands
admin static_ip disable

Purpose
The admin static_ip disable command enables you to disable static IP.
Syntax
admin static_ip disable
Arguments
Example
A500: admin static_ip disable
6-33
admin Commands
admin static_ip add_client

Purpose
The admin static_ip add_client command enables you to add a static IP client.
Syntax
admin static_ip add_client { ipAddr } { atmAddr } { macAddr }
Arguments
ipAddr
atmAddr
macAddr
Enter the new IP address, or you can press Return to display prompts
and current settings.
Enter the ATM address. If you want to leave the ATM address
unchanged, press Return.
Enter the MAC address.
Example
A500: admin static_ip add_client
6-34
admin Commands
admin static_ip rem_client

Purpose
The admin static_ip rem_client command enables you to remove a static IP client.
Syntax
admin static_ip rem_client { clientNum }
Arguments
clientNum
Enter the designation number for the client you want to remove.
Example
A500: admin static_ip rem_client
Enter client number to remove _
6-35
admin Commands
admin static_ip set_server

Purpose
The admin static_ip set_server command enables you to set the static IP as a server.
Syntax
admin static_ip set_server { atmAddr }
Arguments
atmAddr
Enter the ATM address for the server.
Example
A500: admin static_ip set_server
6-36
admin Commands
admin switch cdvt

Purpose
The admin switch cdvt command administers Cell Delay Variation Tolerance (CDVT)
for the specified port. This controls how strict the connection policing is for any CBR
(Constant Bit Rate) connections entering the port. The changes take place at system
reboot.
Syntax
admin switch cdvt { port } { value | default }
Arguments
port
Enter the port number to apply the CDVT to. Valid values are from
A1.1 through A4.8.
value
Enter the cdvt value for the port in microseconds. Default restores the
values to their factory defaults. Valid values are 0 through 16777214.
The default values are 250 for OC3 port and 62 for OC12 ports.
Example
A500:admin switch cdvt a1.1 250
cdvt for port a1.1 will be 250 microseconds at reboot
6-37
admin Commands
admin switch epd enable/disable

Purpose
The admin switch epd enable/disable commands enable/disable the early packet
discard functionality in the switch. Use the admin switch epd enable and admin
switch epd disable commands before setting the threshold using the admin switch
epd threshold command that modifies the early packet discard threshold in the switch.
The threshold tells the hardware, in units of eights, how full a queue must be before the
early packet discard functionality takes effect.
Syntax
admin switch epd enable/disable
Arguments
Example 1
A500: admin switch epd enable
Early Packet Discard is enabled with a queue threshold of 7/8
Example 2
A500: admin switch epd disable
Early Packet Discard is disabled
6-38
admin Commands
admin switch epd threshold

Purpose
The admin switch epd threshold command modifies the early packet discard
threshold in the switch. The threshold tells the hardware, in units of eights, how full a
queue must be before the early packet discard functionality takes effect.
Syntax
admin switch epd threshold { value (1-7) }
Arguments
value
Enter the threshold value, in eights. The valid range is 1 through 7.
Example
A500: admin switch epd threshold 7
Early Packet Discard queue threshold updated to 7/8
6-39
admin Commands
admin switch queue capacity

Purpose
The admin switch queue capacity command sets the cell capacity for an Cajun A500
port queue. The cell capacity is the number of cells the switch queue can buffer before
cell discarding takes place.
Syntax
admin switch queue capacity { port } { queue (1-4) } { value }
Arguments
port
Enter the port number. The range is A1.1 to A4.8.
queue (1-4)
value
Enter the priority of the queue being changed. The range is 1 to 4.

Enter the new value of the queue capacity. The ranges is 0 to 65535.
Note: The hardware limits the programmed value of queue capacity to values
specified by (value * 256) + 255, where value can range from 0 to 255. For
this reason, the actual queue capacity may differ from the entered queue
capacity. Ensure that the actual queue capacity is valid for the desired
configuration. This command enables you to enter any value from 0 to 65535.
Example
A500: admin switch queue capacity a1.1 3 1000
port A1.1, queue 3: updated, new queue capacity is 767
6-40
admin Commands
admin switch queue global

Purpose
The admin switch queue global command sets the cell capacity for a particular queue
on all ports in the Cajun A500. The switch categorizes all outgoing cells into one of four
priorities, with priority 1 being the highest priority and priority 4 the lowest. This
command enables you to specify the total number of cells for any particular priority that
can be queued in the Cajun A500 at any one time. This is in contrast to the admin
switch queue capacity command, that gives you the ability to specify the number of
cells that can be queued in a specific output queue.
Syntax
admin switch queue global { queue (1-4) } { value }
Arguments
queue (1-4)
Enter the priority of the queue being changed. The range is 1 to 4.
value
Enter the new value of the queue capacity. The ranges is 0 to 65535.
Example
If this command executes successfully, it returns no output.
To verify, use the show switch queue global command.
6-41
admin Commands
admin switch maxvci

Purpose
The admin switch maxvci command enables you to set the upper limit on the VCI
(Virtual Channel Identifier) range for a particular port. The change does not take effect
until the switch is rebooted.
Syntax
admin switch maxvci { port } { value | default }
Arguments
port
value | default
Enter the maximum value for VCI on the specified port. Valid values
range from 32 to 2015. If you enter default, the value is set to 2015.
Example
A500:admin switch maxvci a1.1 1790
maxvci for port a1.1 will be 1790 at reboot
6-42
admin Commands
admin telnetflag
Purpose
The admin telnetflag command enables/disables the telnet operation.
Syntax
admin telnetflag
Arguments
Example
A500: admin telnetflag
Telnet sessions are enabled
Do you want to change it? : [n]
6-43
admin Commands
admin trapcommunity
Purpose
The admin trapcommunity command enables you to designate access for what
community can access system trap information.
Syntax
admin trapcommunity { community name }
Arguments
community name
Enter the community name designated for trap information access.

For example, Support.
Example
A500:admin trapcommunity
Enter system trap community:support
This parameter change will not be used until a subsequent reboot
6-44
admin Commands
admin trapdestination
Purpose
The admin trapdestination command enables you to designate a trap destination.
This address is usually the IP address for the management station for the systems.
Syntax
admin trapdestination { IP address }
Arguments
IP address
Enter the IP address for the management station. This is where the
trap information is sent.
Example
A500:admin trapdestination
Enter IP address[]:198.0.000.00
6-45
admin Commands
admin upInterface
Purpose
The admin upInterface command enables access to a specified link on the Cajun A500.
Syntax
admin upInterface { port } [ vpi ]
Arguments
port
vpi
Enter the vpi. Valid values are 0 through 255.
Note: If you do not specify a VPI, the physical interface is brought up and all of the
protocols running on that interface are also brought up.
If you specify a VPI, the physical interface remains in its current state and just the
protocols running on that port/VPI are brought up.
Example 1
A500:admin upInterface a1.1
Bringing up Board 1, port 2, vpi 0
Example 2
A500:admin upInterface a1.3
Bringing up Board 1, port 3
Bringing up Board 1, port 3
Example 3
A500:admin ack_alarms all
A500:admin upInterface a1.1 0
Bringing up Board 1, port 1, vpi 0
********** New System Alarms **********
[27] Administrative Status of port brought up
******* Hit any key to continue *******
6-46
admin Commands
admin time
Purpose
The admin time command sets the Cajun A500s internal clock.
Syntax
admin time { dd mm yy hh mm }
Arguments
This command requires the following argument(s). All parameters are numerical
representations.
dd
mm
Enter the day. For example, 11 for the 11th day of the month.
Enter the month. For example, 01 for January.
yy
Enter the year. For example, 99 for the year 1999. The years 98 and 99
mean 1998 and 1999. All other years entered represent years in the
next century.
hh
Enter the appropriate hour. For example, 10 for 10 a.m. Use 24 hour
time.
mm
Enter the minutes. For example, 22 for 22 minutes.
Example
A500:admin time 12 05 98 17 02
The current system date is Tuesday, May 12, 1998 5:02:00p
6-47
admin Commands
admin writecommunity
Purpose
The admin writecommunity command enables you to designate write access for a
community.
Syntax
admin writecommunity { community name }
Arguments
community name
Enter the community name designated for write access. For

example, Admin.
Example
A500:admin writecommunity
Enter system write community:admin
6-48
admin Commands
admin zeroerrs
Purpose
The admin zeroerrs command resets the error counts to zero in the show stats error
command display. These error counts are automatically reset when the Cajun A500
reboots. However, you may want to reset them periodically to track Ethernet segment
errors occurring in the Cajun A500.
Syntax
admin zeroerrs
Arguments
Example
6-49
admin Commands
admin zeroEtherstats
Purpose
The admin zeroEtherstats command resets the statistics counts to zero in the show
stats ether command display. These figures automatically reset when the Cajun A500
reboots. However, you may want to reset these numbers when you are conducting
performance tests.
Syntax
admin zeroEtherstats
Arguments
Example
6-50
admin Commands
admin zeroSarstats
Purpose
The admin zeroSarstats command resets the statistics counts to zero in the show
stats errsar command display. These figures automatically reset when the Cajun
A500 reboots. However, you may want to reset these numbers when you are conducting
performance tests.
Syntax
admin zeroSarstats
Arguments
Example
6-51
admin Commands
admin zeroSonetstats
Purpose
The admin zeroSonetstats command resets the statistics counts to zero in the show
stats sonetstat command display. These figures automatically reset when the Cajun
A500 reboots. However, you may want to reset these numbers when you are conducting
performance tests.
Syntax
admin zeroSonetstats
Arguments
Example
6-52
7
file Commands
Overview
The file commands enables you to manipulate files located on the Cajun A500.
Subcommands
Command
Description
cat
Displays a file.
cp
Copies a file.
cr
Creates a file.
edit
Edits a file.
erase
Erases the contents of a file.
info
Displays information about the Flash memory card.
ls
Lists the files contained in both the Cajun A500 and on the Flash
memory card, if one is installed.
rm
Deletes a file.
7-1
file Commands
Editor Guidelines
The following table contains guidelines for using the editor.
Table 7-1. Editor Guidelines
Line counting begins with 0.
Type s to list entire file.
Use . to refer to current location.
Type d{line #} to delete lines.
Use $ to refer to the last line of a file.
Type m{line #} to move lines.
For example, use p. to print current line. Printing

a line puts you at that line.
Type w{file-name} to save file.
Use .+n or .-n to move +/-n lines from the current

line.
Type p{n, m} to print lines n through m. m can be

$ to mean print from line n to current position.
Print, delete commands take one or more

arguments seperated by a ,.
Type i to enter insert mode. In insert mode, type c

to exit.
Type q to exit. If the file has been changed you are

prompted twice if the file has not been saved.
7-2
file Commands
file cat
Purpose
The file cat command displays the contents of a specified file that resides on the Cajun
A500.
Syntax
file cat { file_name }
Arguments
file_name
Specify the name of the file you want to display.
Example
If this command executes successfully, it displays the contents of the file specified by
file_name.
7-3
file Commands
file cp
Purpose
The file cp command copies a file in the Cajun A500. This command is used to copy
files from one memory area to another.
Note: FLASH card = PCMCIA and FLASH1 = on board memory.
Syntax
file cp { location:file_name } { location:file_name }
Arguments
location:file_name
Specify the location and file name of the file you want to copy.
location:file_name
Specify the location that you want the file copied to and the file
name. The three possible locations are MAIN, FLASH1, or PCMCIA.
If no location is specified, MAIN is the default location that is used.
Example
A500: file cp FLASH1:SWP_IMAGE.IMG MAIN:west3
Checking for Single Image...Done
copy: FLASH1:SWP_IMAGE.IMG to MAIN:west3
Bytes moved:
Note: FLASH card = PCMCIA and FLASH1 = on board memory.
7-4
file Commands
file cr
Purpose
The file cr command creates a file, such as the consolerc file, on the Cajun A500.
After you create the file, you can add text to it using the edit command.
Syntax
file cr { file_name }
Arguments
file_name
Specify the name of the file you want to create. The file name can be
any string of 19 characters or less. The destination of this file is always
MAIN.
Example
A500: file cr west2
xos_create_fs : creating west2
erase : erasing west2
7-5
file Commands
file edit
Purpose
The file edit command enables you to edit an existing file on an Cajun A500, using
the line editor that is included in the Cajun A500s file system.
Syntax
file edit { file_name }
Arguments
Instructions
1. Execute the file edit command.
2. At the following prompt, enter the file name that you want to edit and press
Return:
3. enter file name to edit:
4. The cmd: prompt displays.
5. Enter i at this prompt to begin inserting text. The insert> prompt displays.
6. Begin entering your text. When you are finished, press Return.
7. Type ^c to exit insert mode. The cmd: prompt is displayed again.
8. Type s at the cmd: prompt to view the contents of the file.
9. Type w { file_name } at the cmd: prompt to save the file.
10. Type q at the cmd: prompt to exit the file editor. If you have not saved the file, the
editor prompts you to do so.
7-6
file Commands
file erase
Purpose
The file erase command erases the contents of a specified file on the Cajun A500. This
command does not delete the file, it only removes the contents.
Syntax
file erase { location:file_name }
Arguments
location:file_name
Specify the location that you want the file copied to and the file
name. The three possible locations are MAIN, FLASH1, or PCMCIA.
If no location is specified, MAIN is the default location that is used.
Example
A500: file erase MAIN:west3
erase : erasing MAIN:west3
7-7
file Commands
file info
Purpose
The file info command displays information about the Flash memory card.
Syntax
file info
Arguments
Example
A500: file info
+------------------------------------+
|
MANUFACTURERS CODE
|
+--------------+---------------------+
|Tuple offset |
Value:
|
+--------------+---------------------+
| 50000000
|
1
|
| 50000002
|
3
|
| 50000004
|
53
|
| 50000006
|
e
|
+--------------+---------------------+
7-8
file Commands
file ls
Purpose
The file ls command lists the files that currently reside in the Cajun A500 and on the
FLASH memory card (if one is inserted in the Cajun A500s management module).
Syntax
file ls [ -a ]
Arguments
This command does not require additional argument(s). The following argument is optional:
-a
Lists the contents of the Flash memory card (also known as the
PCMCIA card), if one is inserted in the Cajun A500s management
module.
Example
A500: file ls -a
File Name
Byte Count
Base Addr
Max Bytes
index
--------------------------------------------------------------------consolerc
0
280000
5000
0
manifest
162
21fbd0
5000
6
snmpd.cnf
795
220f58
5000
7
notifyrc
416
2222e0
5000
8
acl.pty
442
223668
5000
9
agt.pty
1146
2249f0
5000
10
context.pty
671
225d78
5000
11
view.pty
372
227100
5000
12
wiring
556
228488
5000
13
script
4462
229810
5000
14
mark
4462
22ab98
5000
15
FLASH1:
SWP_IMAGE.IMG
1966080
this PCMCIA card is owned by labtech

SWP_IMAGE.IMG
2112196
50020000
4063232
7-9
file Commands
Output Description
The following table describes the output fields:
Table 7-2.
Field
7-10
Output Description
Description
Values
File Name
The name of the file.
Variable
Byte Count
The size of the file, in bytes.
Variable
Base Addr
The location of the file in either Flash memory or the

Flash card.
Variable
Max Bytes
The maximum size allocated to this file.
Variable
Index
An internal number.
Variable
file Commands
file rm
Purpose
The file rm command removes a specified file from the Cajun A500. If you attempt to
remove a file, the system prompts you to confirm your choice.
Syntax
file rm { file_name | -i index_number }
Arguments
file_name |
-i index_number
Specify the name or the index number of the file you want to remove.
Possible range of index numbers is 0 to 24.
Example
file rm west3
rm: removing west3
7-11
file Commands
7-12
8
modify Commands
Overview
The modify commands change certain configuration parameters in an Cajun A500.
Subcommands
Command
Description
add_channel multipoint
Creates a point-to-multipoint virtual channel.
add_channel point-point
Creates a point-to-point virtual channel.
add_path multipoint
Creates a point-to-multipoint virtual path.
add_path point-point
Creates a point-to-point virtual channel.
atmprefix
Changes the ATM prefix of Cajun A500.
console autologout
Turns autologout on/off for this console.
console timeout
Changes the timeout value for this console. Set in minutes

(0=disabled).
rem_channel
Removes a virtual channel from the ATM Virtual Path

Identifier/Virtual Channel Identifier (VPI/VCI) circuit table.
rem_path
Removes a virtual path from the ATM (VPI/VCI) circuit table.
8-1
modify Commands
modify add_channel multipoint

Purpose
The modify add_channel multipoint command creates a point-to-multipoint virtual
channel between two ATM ports on an Cajun A500. You must create a circuit to
statically wire any connections in the switch module of the Cajun A500. Use the modify
add_channel multipoint command when setting up the initial connection or adding a
leaf to an existing circuit. All point-to-multipoint connections require a priority of four.
Syntax
modify add_channel multipoint <input_port> <input_vpi> <input_vci>
<output_port> <output_vpi> <output_vci> {class} {incellrate | ppd}
Arguments
input_port
Specify the port number where the VCI enters. Valid values are A1.1 through
A4.8 and self for a connection that terminates in the Cajun A500.
input_vpi
Specify the incoming Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) number. Valid range is 0 - 255.
input_vci
Specify the incoming Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) number. The valid range is
32 - 2015.
output_port
Specify the port number where the VCI exits. Valid values are A1.1 - A4.8.
output_vpi
Specify the outgoing VPI number. The valid range is 0 - 255.
output_vci
Specify the outgoing VCI number. Valid range is 32 - 2015.
class
Specify the Quality of Service (QoS) class. Valid values are: CBR, VBR, or UBR.
incellrate | ppd
The incellrate and ppd are based on the service class you select.
For CBR, specify the peak cell rate in the direction from the input port to the
output port.
For VBR, specify the peak cell rate, sustained cell rate, and maximum burst
size in the direction from the input port to the output port.
For UBR, specify whether you want Partial Packet Discard (PPD) turned on or
off for the connection.
Note: Partial Packet Discard can only be used for connections using AAL5.
8-2
modify Commands
Example 1
A500: modify add_channel multipoint
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 0
input vci _ 100
output port _ a1.2
output vpi _ 0
output vci _ 101
service class _ ubr
partial packet discard _ n
vci multicast connection added to switch table
service class UBR, partial packet discard off
Input: port A1.1, vpi
0, vci 100
Output: port A1.2, vpi
0, vci 101
Example 2
A500: modify add_channel multipoint
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 0
input vci _ 100
output port _ a1.3
output vpi _ 0
output vci _ 101
vci multicast connection bifurcated in switch table
service class UBR, partial packet discard off
0, vci 100
0, vci 101
Note: The initial connection is added to the switch table, while the second
connection was bifurcated in the switch table.
8-3
modify Commands
modify add_channel point-point

Purpose
The modify add_channel point-point command creates a point-to-point virtual
channel between two ATM ports on an Cajun A500. You must create a circuit if you
want to statically wire any connections in the switch module of the Cajun A500.
Syntax
modify add_channel point-point { input_port } { input_vpi } { input_vci
}
{ output_port } { output_vpi } { output_vci } { class } { incellrate |
ppd } {outcellrate}
Arguments
input_port
Specify the port number where the VCI enters. Valid values are A1.1 - A4.8
and self for a connection that terminates in the Cajun A500.
input_vpi
Specify the incoming Virtual Path Identifier number. Valid range is 0 - 255.
input_vci
Specify the incoming Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) number. Valid range
is 32 - 2015.
output_port
Specify the port where the VCI exits. Valid values are A1.1 - A4.8.
output_vpi
output_vci

class
Specify the Quality of Service class. Valid values are: CBR, VBR, or UBR.
incellrate | ppd
For CBR, specify the peak cell rate in the direction from the input port
to the output port.
For VBR, specify the peak cell rate, sustained cell rate, and maximum
burst size in the direction from the input port to the output port.
outcellrate
For UBR, specify whether you want Partial Packet Discard (PPD) turned
on or off for the connection.
The outcellrate is based on the service class you select.
For CBR, specify the peak cell rate in the direction from the output port
to the input port.
For VBR specify the peak cell rate, sustained cell rate, and maximum
burst size in the direction from the output port to the input port.
8-4
modify Commands
Example
A500: modify add_channel point-point
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 0
input vci _ 100
output port _ a1.2
output vpi _ 0
output vci _ 101
service class _ ubr
partial packet discard _ y
vci connection added to switch table
service class UBR, partial packet discard on
0, vci 100
0, vci 101
Note: You are prompted for all of the arguments.
8-5
modify Commands
modify add_path multipoint

Purpose
The modify add_path multipoint command creates a point-to-multipoint virtual path
on an Cajun A500.
Syntax
modify add_path multipoint { input_port } { input_vpi } { input_vci }
{ output_port } { output_vpi } { output_vci } {class} {incellrate |
ppd}
Arguments
input_port
input_vpi
Specify the incoming Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) number. The valid range
is 0 - 255.
output_port
output_vpi
class

Specify the Quality of Service (QoS) class. Valid values are: CBR, VBR, or
UBR.
incellrate | ppd
to the output port.
For UBR, specify whether you want Partial Packet Discard (PPD)
turned on or off for the connection.
8-6
modify Commands
Example
A500: modify add_path multipoint
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 100
output port _ a1.3
output vpi _ 250
service class _ cbr
input peak cell rate _ 100000
vpi multicast connection added to switch table
service class CBR
Input: port A1.1, vpi 100, pcr=100000
Output: port A1.3, vpi 250
8-7
modify Commands
modify add_path point-point

Purpose
The modify add_path point-point command creates a point-to-point virtual path on
a Cajun A500.
Syntax
modify add_path point-point { input_port } { input_vpi } { input_vci }
{ output_port } { output_vpi } { output_vci } {class} {incellrate |
ppd}
Arguments
input_port
input_vpi
is 0 - 255.
output_port
output_vpi
class
Specify the Quality of Service (QoS) class. Valid values are: CBR, VBR, or
UBR.
incellrate | ppd
to the output port.
For UBR, specify whether you want Partial Packet Discard (PPD)
turned on or off for the connection.
8-8
modify Commands
Example
A500: modify add_path point-point
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 100
output port _ a2.2
output vpi _ 200
service class _ cbr
input peak cell rate _ 100000
output peak cell rate _ 100000
vpi connection added to switch table
service class CBR
Input: port A1.1, vpi 100, pcr=100000
Output: port A2.2, vpi 200, pcr=100000
8-9
modify Commands
modify atmprefix
Purpose
The Cajun A500 automatically generates the ATM address by concatenating its unique
ID with a 13 byte filler (the prefix). The modify atmprefix command enables you to
override the 13 byte prefix of your Cajun A500 and specify a different one.
Syntax
modify atmprefix { new_prefix }
Arguments
new_prefix
Enter the new 13-byte prefix number. The first byte must be a valid
Authority and Format Identifier (AFIs 0x39, 0x47, and 0x45) for
Network Service Access Point (NSAP) addressing as defined by the
UNI (User Network Interface) signaling specification.
Example
A500: modify atmprefix 390000000000000000C60368A0
New ATM prefix will be used when platform is rebooted
8-10
modify Commands
modify console autologout

Purpose
The modify console autologout command enables you to turn the autologout on or
off for this console/telnet session.
Syntax
modify console autologout { on | off }
Arguments
on | off
Enter the value of either On or Off for the console autologout to occur.
The default is On.
When auto logout is on, the inactivity time out value you set with
the modify console timeout command is used.
If you want this to be in the Off state you must either place it in
the consolerc file or re-issue the command each time you reboot
the box.
Example
A500: modify console autologout on
8-11
modify Commands
modify console timeout

Purpose
The modify console timeout command enables you to set the timeout value, in
minutes, for all console/telnet sessions. This value is preserved when the Cajun A500
reboots.
Syntax
modify console timeout { value }
Arguments
value
Enter the value in minutes for a console/telnet timeout to occur. If

you enter 0, this disables the timeout. The Cajun A500 must have the
auto logout set to On for this command to work. See the modify
console autologout command for more information.
Example
A500: modify console timeout 5
8-12
modify Commands
modify rem_channel
Purpose
The modify rem_channel command removes a virtual channel on an Cajun A500.
Syntax
modify rem_channel { input_port } { input_vpi } { input_vci } {
output_port }
{ output_vpi } { output_vci }
Arguments
input_port
input_vpi
is 0 - 255.
input_vci
Specify the incoming Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) number. Valid range
is 32 - 2015.
output_port
output_vpi
output_vci
Example 1
A500: modify rem_channel
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 0
input vci _ 100
output port _ a1.2
output vpi _ 0
output vci _ 101
vci connection removed from switch table
0, vci 100
0, vci 101
8-13
modify Commands
Example 2
A500: modify rem_channel
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 0
input vci _ 100
output port _ a1.3
output vpi _ 0
output vci _ 101
vci multicast connection removed from switch table
0, vci 100
0, vci 101
8-14
modify Commands
modify rem_path
Purpose
The modify rem_path command removes a virtual path from the Cajun A500.
Syntax
modify rem_channel { input_port } { input_vpi } { output_port }
{ output_vpi }
Arguments
input_port
input_vpi
is 0 - 255.
output_port
output_vpi
Example
A500: modify rem_path
input port _ a1.1
input vpi _ 100
output port _ a1.3
output vpi _ 250
vpi multicast connection removed from switch table
Input: port A1.1, vpi 100
Output: port A1.3, vpi 250
8-15
modify Commands
8-16
9
PPP Commands
Overview
The PPP commands enable you to use Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) in the Cajun A500.
This functionality enables you to call into the Cajun A500 and access Telnet, TFTP, and
the SNMP functionality. In addition, the Cajun A500 can dial out when triggered by a
Trap/Notify event. Some of the information required for a PPP connection is hard coded.
This information includes:
U Maximum Receive Unit - Sets the maximum message length (1500 bytes).
U Async Map - Requires Control s and Control q to escape.
U LCP and IPCP options - Negotiates all options.
U Dial Mode - Uses dial up mode for both virtual channels. Does not use telephone
number for dialin virtual channel but just use answer on first ring command and
then wait for CONNECT. Does not use demand dial for dialout channel. Instead the
Cajun A500 manages virtual channels through new PPP commands.
Subcommands
Command
Description
display
Displays PPP configuration options.
localPppHost
Set the local PPP host name for CHAP.
modem modemDialStrIN
Set modem dialup string for incoming calls.
modem modemDialStrOUT
Set modem dialup string for outgoing calls.
modem modemHangupStr
Set modem Hangup string.
modem modemSetupStr
Set modem setup string.
setCHAP
Set Host names, secrets for CHAP.
setdialin authentIn
Enables you to select PAP or CHAP for authentication.
setdialin peerIPIn
Enables you to enter the IP address of the peer the Cajun A500 can
receive calls from.
setdialout authentOut
Enables you to select PAP or CHAPSet for the dial authentication.
9-1
PPP Commands
Command
9-2
Description
setdialout delay_timer
Enables you to set the maximum amount of time to wait before

sending a trap out the dial out channel.
setdialout peerIPOut
Enables you to enter the IP address of the peer the Cajun A500 can
receive calls from.
setdialout pppModeOut
Enables you to select that the Passive or Active dialout channel not
be used as a dial out channel.
setdialout namePassOut
Enables you to designate the name or password to send out when

dialout occurs.
setdialout teleNum
Enables you to enter the phone number to use for the ppp dial out.
setPAP
Set the name, password, and message for PAP.
set_ppp_ip
Sets the local IP address and subnetmask.
PPP Commands
ppp display
Purpose
The ppp display command enables you to display the configuration parameters for the
Point to Point Protocol (PPP) in the specified Cajun A500. This command displays:
Whether ppp is enabled
Dialout authentication (PAP/CHAP) options
Status of ppp connection
Dialout peer address
Local IP address for ppp channel
Dialin channels ppp mode
Dialout channels ppp mode
Dialin authentication (PAP/CHAP) options
Dialout users name
Dialin peer address
Dialout telephone number
Syntax
ppp display
Arguments
Example
A500:ppp display
PPP is enabled
PPP down!
PPP Local IP Address
---------------address 192.168.55.1
mask 255.255.255.0
Dial Out Configuration
---------------Dial Out virtual PPP channel is not being used
DialOut User Name:
DialOut Telephone #:
PAP is not Required
CHAP is not Required
dial out peer address 192.168.55.2
Dial In Configuration
---------------Dial In PPP mode is Active
PAP is required
dial in peer address 192.168.55.2
9-3
PPP Commands
ppp localPppHost
Purpose
The ppp localPppHost command enables you to set the local PPP host name that is
used for Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).
Syntax
ppp localPppHost { hostname }
Arguments
hostname
Enter local host name to be sent during CHAP negotiations. The valid
length is up to eight characters.
Example
A500:ppp localPppHost
9-4
PPP Commands
ppp modem modemDialStrIN

Purpose
The ppp modem modemDialStrIN command enables you to enter the modem dialup
string for incoming calls.
Syntax
ppp modem modemDialStrIN { value }
Arguments
value
Enter the modem string for the dialup.
Example
A500:ppp modem modemDialStrIN
9-5
PPP Commands
ppp modem modemDialStrOUT

Purpose
The ppp modem modemDialStrOUT command enables you to enter the modem dialup
string for outgoing calls.
Syntax
ppp modem modemDialStrOUT { value }
Arguments
value
Enter the value for the speed of the modem. The default is 1.
Example
A500:ppp modem modemDialStrOUT
9-6
PPP Commands
ppp modem modemHangupStr

Purpose
The ppp modem modemHangupStr command enables you to enter the modem hangup
string.
Syntax
ppp modem modemHangupStr { value }
Arguments
value
Enter the value for the number of stop bits. The default is none.
Example
A500:ppp modem modemHangupStr
9-7
PPP Commands
ppp modem modemSetupStr

Purpose
The ppp modem modemSetupStr command enables you to enter the modem setup
string.
Syntax
ppp modem modemSetupStr
Arguments
Example
A500:ppp modem modemSetupStr
9-8
PPP Commands
ppp setCHAP
Purpose
The ppp setCHAP command enables you to set up to five hostname/secret pairs used for
incoming CHAP negotiations. With CHAP, the authenticator (server) sends a randomly
generated challenge string to the client, along its hostname. The client uses the hostname
to look up the appropriate secret, combines it with the challenge, and encrypts the string
using a one-way hashing function. The result is returned to the server along with the
clients hostname. The server now performs the same computation, and acknowledges
the client if it arrives at the same result. CHAP also sends challenges at regular intervals
to make sure the client hasnt been replaced by an intruder, for instance by just
switching phone lines.
Syntax
ppp setCHAP { hostname | secret }
Arguments
hostname/secret
Enter up to five hostname/secret pairs for incoming CHAP

negotiations. Hostnames and secrets can be up to eight characters
each. For example: hostname, name of dialup server.
Example
A500:ppp setCHAP dialup server name
9-9
PPP Commands
ppp setdialin authentIn

Purpose
The ppp setdialin authentIn command enables you to select PAP or CHAP. There is
only one physical channel (one modem) but requirements call for two types of channel
functionality:
U Wait for a connection
U Dialout on traps
The Cajun A500 enables the configuration of two virtual PPP channels and then
manages them as needed. If both channels are configured, the Cajun A500 comes up
waiting for a call to come in. Traps are saved until there are a certain number of them or
else a trap is saved for a certain amount of time. Then the dialin channel shuts down and
the Cajun A500 sets up the dialout channel and dials out.
Note: If the ppp setdialOut ppp ModeOut command is set to Option 1, then the
PPP mode is active. The ppp setdialin authentIn command is only for
authentication.
Syntax
ppp setdialin authentIn { PAP | CHAP }
Arguments
PAP
CHAP
Indicates that you want to use the Password Authentication Protocol.

Enter Y for Yes or N for No. The default is no PAP and no CHAP.
Indicates that you want to use the Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol. Enter Y for Yes or N for No. The default is no PAP and no CHAP.
Example 1
A500:ppp setdialin authentIn PAP
Do you want to use Password Authentication Protocol (PAP):[n]
Example 2
A500:ppp setdialin authentIn CHAP
Do you want to use Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol
(CHAP):[n]
9-10
PPP Commands
ppp setdialin peerIPIn

Purpose
The ppp setdialin peerIPIn command enables you to enter the IP address of the
peer the Cajun A500 can receive calls from.
Syntax
ppp setdialin peerIPIn { IP address }
Arguments
IP address
Enter the IP address for the peer the Cajun A500 can accept calls from.
Example
A500:ppp setdialin peerIPIn
9-11
PPP Commands
ppp setdialout authentOut

Purpose
The ppp setdialout authentOut command enables you to select PAP or CHAP. There is
only one physical channel (one modem) but requirements call for two types of channel
functionality:
U Wait for a connection
U Dialout on traps
The Cajun A500 enables the configuration of two virtual PPP channels and then
manages them as needed. If both channels are configured, the Cajun A500 comes up
waiting for a call to come in. Traps are saved until there are a certain number of them or
else a trap is saved for a certain amount of time. Then the dialin channel shuts down and
the Cajun A500 sets up the dialout channel and dials out.
Note: If the ppp setdialOut ppp ModeOut command is set to Option 1, then the
PPP mode is active. The ppp setdialOut authentOut command is only for
authentication.
Syntax
ppp setdialout authentOut { PAP | CHAP }
Arguments
PAP
CHAP
Indicates that you want to use the Password Authentication Protocol.

Enter Y for Yes or N for No. The default is no PAP and no CHAP.
Indicates that you want to use the Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol. Enter Y for Yes or N for No. The default is no PAP and no CHAP.
Example 1
A500:ppp setdialout authentOut PAP
Do you want to use Password Authentication Protocol (PAP):[n]
Example 2
A500:ppp setdialout authentOut CHAP
Do you want to use Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol
(CHAP):[n]
9-12
PPP Commands
ppp setdialout delay_timer

Purpose
The ppp setdialout delay_timer command enables you to set the maximum
amount of time to wait before sending a trap out the dial out channel.
Syntax
ppp setdialout delay_timer { hours | minutes }
Arguments
hours
minutes
Enter the number of hours.

Enter the number of minutes.
Example
A500:ppp setdialout delay_timer
Current delay timer value: 0 hours and 0 minutes
Enter hours:0
Enter minutes:5
9-13
PPP Commands
ppp setdialout peerIPOut

Purpose
The ppp setdialout peerIPOut command enables you to enter the IP address of the
peer the Cajun A500 can receive calls from.
Syntax
ppp setdialout peerIPOut { IP address }
Arguments
IP address
Enter the IP address for the peer the Cajun A500 can dial out to.
Example
A500:ppp setdialout peerIPOut
9-14
PPP Commands
ppp setdialout pppModeOut

Purpose
The ppp setdialout pppModeOut command enables you to select that the Passive or
Active dialout channel not be used as a dial out channel. Passive and active refer to
which peer begins the link negotiations.
Syntax
ppp setdialout pppModeOut { 1 | 2 }
Arguments
1
2
Enter 1 to designate the dial out port as active.

Enter 2 to designate the dial out port as not active.
Example 1
A500:ppp setdialout pppModeOut
Select mode for dial out port:
1)PPP mode Active
2)Virtual dial out port not used
Enter selection:
9-15
PPP Commands
ppp setdialout namePassOut

Purpose
The ppp setdialout namePassOut command enables you to designate the name or
password to send out when dialout occurs.
Syntax
ppp setdialout namePassOut { name | password }
Arguments
name
Enter the contact name the dial out is going to.
password
Enter the password used to authenticate the dial out call to the
receiver.
Example
A500:ppp setdialout namePassOut
9-16
PPP Commands
ppp setdialout teleNum

Purpose
The ppp setdialout teleNum command enables you to enter the phone number to
use for the ppp dial out.
Syntax
ppp setdialout teleNum { number }
Arguments
number
Enter the phone number to dial out. Enter a 20 character or less

telephone number. The format is: 18881234567
Example
A500:ppp setdialout teleNum
DialOut Telephone Number:
Do you want to change it?:[n]y
Enter 20 character or less telephone number:18881234567
9-17
PPP Commands
ppp setPAP
Purpose
The ppp setPAP command enables you to enter up to five username/password/message
sets for incoming call Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) negotiations.
Syntax
ppp setPAP { username | password | message }
Arguments
username/
password/
message
Enter up to five username/password/message sets for incoming call

PAP negotiations. Usernames, passwords, messages can be eight
characters long. For example: my_name, peanuts, LOGIN OK,
Example
A500: ppp setPAP
password index 1 - user name:my_name
password:*******
message:LOGIN OK
password index 2 - empty table entry
Enter desired index (default is no changes):1
Enter 8 characters or less username:yourname
Enter 8 characters or less password:peanuts
Enter 8 characters or less login_ok message:LOGIN OK
Entering new data into memory
9-18
PPP Commands
ppp set_ppp_ip
Purpose
The ppp set_ppp_ip command enables you to set the local PPP IP address and
subnetmask.
Syntax
ppp set_ppp_ip { ip address } { subnet mask }
Arguments
IP address
Subnet mask
Enter the local IP address for the Cajun A500.

Example
A500:ppp set_ppp_ip
Current local ppp address is:192.000.00.0
Do you want to change the local ppp IP address?:[n]y
Enter IP address in dotted decimal form:192.111.11.1
Please reboot A500 or cycle modem power when finished editing ppp
configuration
Current local ppp IP subnet mask is:255.000.000.0
Do you want to change the local ppp IP subnet mask?:[n]y
Enter subnet mask in dotted decimal form:255.111.111.1
Please reboot A500 or cycle modem power when finished editing ppp
configuration
9-19
PPP Commands
9-20
10
show Commands
Overview
The show commands display various tables stored in the Cajun A500, as well as statistical
information, such as ATM port traffic statistics.
Subcommands
Command
Description
ethernet showIB
Displays the Init Block.
ethernet showrings
Displays the receive (RX) and transmit (TX) ethernet rings.
ethernet showregs
Displays information in the AMD registers.
lec config
Displays LEC configuration information.
lec status
Displays LEC status information.
link_type
Displays the type of service provided for an ATM link.
pnni hmap
Displays all nodes in peer groups.
pnni mib base
Displays the PNNI mib base family.
pnni mib node mib
Displays the PNNI mib node table..
pnni mib pgl
Displays the PNNI mib pgl table.
pnni mib timer
Displays the PNNI mib timer table.
pnni mib svcct
Displays the PNNI mib svcc table.
pnni mib scope
Displays the PNNI mib scope table.
pnni mib summary
Displays the PNNI mib summary adv table.
pnni mib interface
Displays the PNNI mib interface table.
pnni neighbor
Displays neighbor node information.
pnni node
Displays node information.
10-1
show Commands
Command
10-2
Description
pnni rouadd
Displays route addresses.
pnni link
Displays the PNNI mib link table.
pnni mib npeert
Displays the PNNI mib neighbor peer table.
pnni mib npeerport
Displays the PNNI mib neighbor peer port table.
pnni mib svccrcc
Displays the PNNI mib svcc rcc table.
pnni mib ptse
Displays the PNNI mib ptse table.
pnni mib map
Displays the PNNI mib map table.
pnni mib nmap
Displays the PNNI mib node map table.
pnni mib addmap
Displays the PNNI mib map address table.
pnni mib tnsmap
Displays the PNNI mib map tns table.
pnni mib metrics
Displays the PNNI mib metrics table.
pnni mib rbase
Displays the PNNI mib route base table.
pnni mib rnode
Displays the PNNI mib route node table.
pnni mib raddr
Displays the PNNI mib route address table.
pnni mib rdtl
Displays the PNNI mib route dtl table.
pnni mib rtns
Displays the PNNI mib route tns table.
pnni mib summaddress
Displays the PNNI mib summary address table.
ppp
Displays PPP configuration information.
signaling cause
Displays the signaling connection cause value meanings.
signaling esi
Displays the registered ESIs.
signaling routes
Displays the ATM static routes.
signaling stats
Displays signaling statistics information.
signaling summary
Displays a summary of UNI links on the Cajun A500.
static_ip client
Displays static IP client information.
static_ip status
Displays static IP status information.
static_ip server
Displays static IP server information.
stats cellstat
Displays miscellaneous cell statistics.
stats errether
Displays Cajun A500 ethernet error statistics.
stats errsar
Displays Segmentation & Reassembly Sublayer (SAR) error

statistics.
stats ether
Displays Cajun A500 ethernet statistics.
show Commands
Command
Description
stats memstat
Displays Cajun A500 connection table memory statistics.
stats queuestat
Displays Cajun A500 switch queue cell counts.
stats sar
Displays Cajun A500 SAR statistics.
stats portstat
Displays Cajun A500 per-port SONET statistics.
stats swstat
Displays Cajun A500 global switch statistics.
switch busy_vcis
Displays busy VCIs for the specified port or VPI.
switch cdvt
Displays ports cell delay variation tolerance.
switch chipversions
Displays the version numbers of switch components.
switch circuittable
Displays ATM VPI/VCI switch table entries.
switch epd
Displays the early packet discard functionality in the switch
switch free_vcis
Displays free VCIs for the specified port or VPI.
switch maxvci
Displays the upper limit on the vci range for a particular port.
switch queue capacities
Displays the queue capacities for a specified port.
switch queue global
Displays the global queue capacities for a switch.
system alarms
Displays system alarm information.
system bootSource
Displays system boot source information.
system chassis
Displays system chassis information.
system community
Displays the SNMP community information.
system configuration
Displays system configuration information.
system crash_info
Displays the crash log information.
system eventlog
Displays the contents of the eventlog.
system interfaces
Displays the status of interfaces.
system modem
Displays the contents of the modem register.
system que
Displays the queue levels.
system seeprom bp_base
Displays the base assembly configuration.
system seeprom bp_card
Displays card assembly configuration.
system seeprom
bp_chassis
Displays the chassis assembly configuration.
system seeprom phy#
Displays the configuration of the individual interface modules.
system seeprom swf
Displays the Serial EEPROM configuration on the Switch Fabric.
system seeprom swp
Displays Serial EEPROM configuration on the Switch Processor.
10-3
show Commands
Command
10-4
Description
system seeprom sync
Displays SYNC Card configuration information.
system stack
Displays the status of stacked interfaces.
time
Displays the system time/date.
trapinfo
Displays information about the trap info.
users
Displays the users who are currently logged in to the Cajun A500.
version
Displays the version information about the Cajun A500 images.
show Commands
show ethernet showIB

Purpose
The show ethernet showIB command displays internal Ethernet variables, that are
used for initialization of the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show ethernet showIB
Arguments
Example
A500: show ethernet showIB
Initialization Block @ 0x32341d20:
mode: 0080
padr[15:00]: 2000
padr[31:16]: 14B6
padr[47:32]: 00DE
ladrf[15:00]: 0000
ladrf[31:16]: 0000
ladrf[47:32]: 0000
ladrf[63:48]: 0000
10-5
show Commands
show ethernet showrings

Purpose
The show ethernet showrings command displays the contents of the circular
buffers used by the Ethernet hardware on the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show ethernet showrings
Arguments
Example
A500: show ethernet showrings
Rx Descriptor Ring:
RMD0
Desc 00 @ 0x32306ab0 = 32CF56E0
Desc 01 @ 0x32306ac0 = 32CF5EE0
Desc 02 @ 0x32306ad0 = 32CF66E0
Desc 03 @ 0x32306ae0 = 32CF6EE0
Desc 04 @ 0x32306af0 = 32CF76E0
Desc 05 @ 0x32306b00 = 32CF7EE0
Desc 06 @ 0x32306b10 = 32CF86E0
Desc 07 @ 0x32306b20 = 32CF8EE0
Desc 08 @ 0x32306b30 = 32CF96E0
Desc 09 @ 0x32306b40 = 32CF9EE0
Desc 10 @ 0x32306b50 = 32CFA6E0
RMD1
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
FFFFF800
RMD2
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
RMD3
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
TMD1
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
7FFFFFFF
TMD2
TMD3
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
00000000 00000000
Tx Descriptor Ring:
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
Desc
10-6
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
@
0x32305d00
0x32305d10
0x32305d20
0x32305d30
0x32305d40
0x32305d50
0x32305d60
0x32305d70
0x32305d80
0x32305d90
0x32305da0
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
TMD0
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
show Commands
show ethernet showregs

Purpose
The show ethernet showregs command displays the contents of the status registers
of the Ethernet hardware on the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show ethernet showregs
Arguments
Example
A500: show ethernet showregs
CSR0: FFFF0173, CSR3: FFFF0B00, CSR4: FFFF0115, CSR15: FFFFFFFF, CSR80:
FFFFFFFF
BCR0: FFFF0005, BCR1: FFFF0005, BCR2: FFFF0080, BCR3: FFFF0000, BCR4:
FFFF00C0
BCR5: FFFF0084, BCR6: FFFF8088, BCR7: FFFF0090, BCR8: FFFF0000
10-7
show Commands
show lec config

Purpose
The show lec config command displays the LAN Emulation Client (LEC)
configuration information of the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show lec config
Arguments
Example
A500:show lec config
LEC Configuration
=================
Initialization Method:Use well known LECS address.
Manual LES ATM
Address:00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
ELAN Name:
10-8
show Commands
show lec status

Purpose
The show lec status command displays the LAN Emulation Client (LEC) status
information of the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show lec status
Arguments
Example
A500:show lec status
LEC Status
==========
LEC ID:0
LECS Address:00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
LES Address:00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
State:Initial
ELAN Name:
10-9
show Commands
show link_type
Purpose
The show link_type command displays the ATM link type configuration. Use this
command to verify your link type setting on each port in the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show link_type { port }
Arguments
port
Specify the port for which you want to view the ATM link type
configuration. Valid port numbers are A1.1 through A4.8.
Example
A500:show link_type a2.4
Port VPI Protocol(s)
Rate
VCI
---- --- ------------------------ ------- ---A2.4 0
Auto-configuration, ILMI 0353207 65535
10-10
show Commands
show pnni hmap

Purpose
The show pnni hmap command displays the all nodes in peer groups.
Syntax
show pnni hmap
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni hmap
***** PNNI HMAP INFORMATION *****
NODE ID
ATM Address
======================================================================
========
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
10-11
show Commands
show pnni neighbor

Purpose
The show pnni neighbor command displays all neighbor node information.
Syntax
show pnni neighbor
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni neighbor
***** PNNI NEIGHBOR INFORMATION *****
Port ID
VPI
Link State
Remode Node ID
======================================================================
10-12
show Commands
show pnni mib base

Purpose
The show pnni base command displays the PNNI MIB base family.
Syntax
show pnni base
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni base
PNNI Base Group
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniHighestVersion 2
pnniLowestVersion 2
pnniDtlCountOriginator 0
pnniDtlCountBorder 0
pnniCrankbackCountOriginator 0
pnniAltRouteCountBorder 0
pnniAltRouteCountOriginator 0
pnniAltRouteCountBorder 0
pnniRouteFailCountOriginator 4000
pnniRouteFailCountBorder 0
pnniRouteFailUnreachableOriginator
pnniRouteFailUnreachableBorder 0
4000
10-13
show Commands
show pnni node mib

Purpose
The show pnni node mib command displays the PNNI node MIB table.
Syntax
show pnni node mib
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni node mib
Level
: 96
Node ID (HEX)
: 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
Peer Group ID (HEX) : 60390000000000000000c0a84b00
ATM Address (HEX)
: 390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
10-14
show Commands
show pnni mib addmap

Purpose
The show pnni mib addmap command displays the PNNI MIB Map Address table.
Syntax
show pnni mib addmap
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib addmap
PNNI Map Address Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniMapAddrAdvertisingNodeId
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
pnniMapAddrAdvertisedPortId 0
pnniMapAddrIndex 1
pnniMapAddrPrefixLength 104
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniMapAddrAdvertisingNodeId
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniMapAddrAdvertisedPortId 18939904
pnniMapAddrIndex 1
pnniMapAddrPrefixLength 152
keepgoing = 0x6
10-15
show Commands
show pnni mib pgl

Purpose
The show pnni mib pgl command displays the PNNI MIB PGL table.
Syntax
show pnni mib pgl
Arguments
Example 1
A500:show pnni mib pgl
PNNI PGL Election Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniNodePglLeadershipPriority 0
pnniNodeCfgParentNodeIndex 0
pnniNodePglInitTime 15
pnniNodePglOverrideDelay 30
pnniNodePglReelectTime 15
pnniNodePglState 8
pnniNodePreferredPgl 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniNodePeerGroupLeader 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniNodePglTimeStamp 0
pnniNodeActiveParentNodeId
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
keepgoing = 0x6
10-16
show Commands
show pnni mib timer

Purpose
The show pnni mib timer command displays the PNNI MIB timer table.
Syntax
show pnni mib timer
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib timer
PNNI Initial Timer Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniNodePtseHolddown 10
pnniNodeHelloHolddown 10
pnniNodeHelloInterval 15
pnniNodeHelloInactivityFactor 5
pnniNodeHlinkInact 120
pnniNodePtseRefreshInterval 1800
pnniNodePtseLifetimeFactor 200
pnniNodeRxmtInterval 5
pnniNodePeerDelayedAckInterval 10
pnniNodeAvcrPm 50
pnniNodeAvcrMt 3
pnniNodeCdvPm 25
pnniNodeCtdPm 50
keepgoing = 0x6
10-17
show Commands
show pnni mib svcct

Purpose
The show pnni mib svcct command displays the PNNI MIB SVCC table.
Syntax
show pnni mib svcct
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib svcct
PNNI SVCC Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniNodeSvccInitTime 4
pnniNodeSvccRetryTime 30
pnniNodeSvccCallingIntegrityTime 35
pnniNodeSvccCalledIntegrityTime 50
pnniNodeSvccTrafficDescriptorIndex 0
keepgoing = 0x6
10-18
show Commands
show pnni mib scope

Purpose
The show pnni mib scope command displays the PNNI MIB Scope table.
Syntax
show pnni mib scope
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib scope
PNNI Scope Mapping Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniScopeLocalNetwork 96
pnniScopeLocalNetworkPlusOne 96
pnniScopeLocalNetworkPlusTwo 96
pnniScopeSiteMinusOne 80
pnniScopeIntraSite 80
pnniScopeSitePlusOne 72
pnniScopeOrganizationMinusOne 72
pnniNodeIndex 64
pnniScopeOrganizationPlusOne 64
pnniScopeCommunityMinusOne 64
pnniScopeIntraCommunity 48
pnniScopeCommunityPlusOne 48
pnniScopeRegional 32
pnniScopeInterRegional 32
pnniScopeGlobal 0
keepgoing = 0x6
10-19
show Commands
show pnni mib interface

Purpose
The show pnni mib interface command displays the PNNI MIB interface table.
Syntax
show pnni mib interface
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib interface
PNNI Interface Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniIfNodeIndex 17825792
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniIfPortId 17825792
pnniIfAggrToken 0
pnniIfVPCapability 1
pnniIfAdmWeightCbr 5040
pnniIfAdmWeightRtVbr 5040
pnniIfAdmWeightNrtVbr 5040
pnniIfAdmWeightAbr 5040
pnniIfAdmWeightUbr 5040
pnniIfRccServiceCategory 4
pnniIfRccTrafficDescrIndex 0
keepgoing = 0x6
10-20
show Commands
show pnni mib link

Purpose
The show pnni mib link command displays the PNNI MIB link table.
Syntax
show pnni mib link
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib link
PNNI Link Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniLinkPortId 17825792
pnniLinkpnniDisplay 2
pnniLinkVersion 2
pnniLinkHelloState 5
pnniLinkRemoteNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
pnniLinkRemotePortId 17301504
pnniLinkDerivedAggrToken 0
pnniLinkUpnodeId 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniLinkUpnodeAtmAddress 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniLinkCommonPeerGroupId 0000000000000000000000000000
pnniLinkIfIndex 17825792
pnniLinkSvccRccIndex 0
pnniLinkRcvHellos 909
pnniLinkXmtHellos 908
keepgoing = 0x6
10-21
show Commands
show pnni mib map

Purpose
The show pnni mib map command displays the PNNI MIB Map table.
Syntax
show pnni mib map
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib map
pnniMapOriginatingPortId 17301504
pnniMapIndex 1
pnniMappnniDisplay 1
pnniMapPeerGroupId 60390000000000000000c0a84b00
pnniMapAggrToken 0
pnniMapRemoteNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniMapRemotePortId 17825792
pnniMapVPCapability 1
pnniMapPtseId 11
pnniMapMetricsTag 1118487
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniMapOriginatingNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniMapOriginatingPortId 17825792
pnniMapIndex 1
pnniMappnniDisplay 1
pnniMapPeerGroupId 60390000000000000000c0a84b00
pnniMapAggrToken 0
pnniMapRemoteNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
pnniMapRemotePortId 17301504
pnniMapVPCapability 1
pnniMapPtseId 4
pnniMapMetricsTag 1118486
keepgoing = 0x6
10-22
show Commands
show pnni mib metrics

Purpose
The show pnni mib metrics command displays the PNNI MIB Metrics table.
Syntax
show pnni mib metrics
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib metrics
pnniMetrics4 -1
pnniMetrics5 0
pnniMetrics6 0
pnniMetrics7 -1
pnniMetrics8 -1
pnniMetricsRowStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniMetricsTag 1118487
pnniMetricsDirection 2
pnniMetricsIndex 17
pnniMetricsClasses 17
pnniMetricsGcacClp 2
pnniMetricsAdminWeight 5040
pnniMetrics1 353207
pnniMetrics2 351497
pnniMetrics3 1
pnniMetrics4 16777215
pnniMetrics5 2
pnniMetrics6 6
pnniMetrics7 -1
pnniMetrics8 -1
pnniMetricsRowStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x6
10-23
show Commands
show pnni mib nmap

Purpose
The show pnni mib nmap command displays the PNNI MIB Node Map table.
Syntax
show pnni mib nmap
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib nmap
pnniMapNodeIAmLeader 2
pnniMapNodeLeadershipPriority 0
pnniMapNodePreferredPgl 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentNodeId 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentAtmAddress
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentPeerGroupId 0000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentPglNodeId
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniMapNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniMapNodePeerGroupId 60390000000000000000c0a84b00
pnniMapNodeAtmAddress 390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a00000200
pnniMapNodeRestrictedTransit 2
pnniMapNodeComplexRep 2
pnniMapNodeRestrictedBranching 2
pnniMapNodeDatabaseOverload 2
pnniMapNodeIAmLeader 2
pnniMapNodeLeadershipPriority 0
pnniMapNodePreferredPgl 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentNodeId 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentAtmAddress
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentPeerGroupId 0000000000000000000000000000
pnniMapNodeParentPglNodeId
00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
keepgoing = 0x6
10-24
show Commands
show pnni mib npeert

Purpose
The show pnni mib npeert command displays the PNNI MIB neighbor peer table.
Syntax
show pnni mib npeert
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib npeert
PNNI Neighboring Peer Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniNbrPeerRemoteNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
pnniNbrPeerState 5
pnniNbrPeerSvccRccIndex 0
pnniNbrPeerPortCount 1
pnniNbrPeerRcvDbSums 3
pnniNbrPeerXmtDbSums 3
pnniNbrPeerRcvPtsps 1380
pnniNbrPeerXmtPtsps 3146
pnniNbrPeerRcvPtseReqs 1
pnniNbrPeerXmtPtseReqs 1
pnniNbrPeerRcvPtseAcks 2165
pnniNbrPeerXmtPtseAcks 1376
keepgoing = 0x6
10-25
show Commands
show pnni mib npeerport

Purpose
The show pnni mib npeerport command displays the PNNI MIB neighbor peer port
table.
Syntax
show pnni mib npeerport
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib npeerport
PNNI Neighboring Peer Port Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniLinkRemoteNodeId 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
pnniNbrPeerPortId 17825792
pnniNbrPeerPortFloodStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x6
10-26
show Commands
show pnni mib ptse

Purpose
The show pnni mib ptse command displays the PNNI MIB PTSE table.
Syntax
show pnni mib ptse
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib ptse
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniPtseOriginatingNodeId
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniPtseId 1
pnniPtsepnniDisplay 97
pnniPtseSequenceNum 265
pnniPtseChecksum 46404
pnniPtseLifeTime 3600
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniPtseId 2
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniPtseId 4
keepgoing = 0x6
10-27
show Commands
show pnni mib rnode

Purpose
The show pnni mib rnode command displays the PNNI MIB Route Node table.
Syntax
show pnni mib rnode
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib rnode
PNNI Route Node Table
keepgoing = 0x6
10-28
show Commands
show pnni mib raddr

Purpose
The show pnni mib raddr command displays the MIB route address table.
Syntax
show pnni mib raddr
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib raddr
pnniRouteAddrPtseId 2
pnniRouteAddrOriginateAdvertisement 2
pnniRouteAddrOperStatus 3
pnniRouteAddrTimeStamp 1500
pnniRouteAddrRowStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniRouteAddrAddress 390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a00
pnniRouteAddrPrefixLength 152
pnniRouteAddrIndex 1
pnniRouteAddrIfIndex 18939904
pnniRouteAddrAdvertisingNodeId
60a0390000000000000000c0a84b240020b6171a0000
pnniRouteAddrAdvertisedPortId 18939904
pnniRouteAddrpnniDisplay 3
pnniRouteAddrProto 3
pnniRouteAddrPnniScope 0
pnniRouteAddrVPCapability 2
pnniRouteAddrMetricsTag 0
pnniRouteAddrPtseId 0
pnniRouteAddrOriginateAdvertisement 1
pnniRouteAddrOperStatus 3
pnniRouteAddrTimeStamp 100
pnniRouteAddrRowStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x6
10-29
show Commands
show pnni mib rbase

Purpose
The show pnni mib rbase command displays the PNNI MIB Route Base table.
Syntax
show pnni mib rbase
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib rbase
PNNI Route Base Table
keepgoing = 0x6
10-30
show Commands
show pnni mib rdtl

Purpose
The show pnni mib rdtl command displays the PNNI MIB Route DTL table.
Syntax
show pnni mib rdtl
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib rdtl
PNNI Route Node Table
keepgoing = 0x6
10-31
show Commands
show pnni mib rtns

Purpose
The show pnni mib rtns command displays the PNNI MIB Route TNS table.
Syntax
show pnni mib rtns
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib rtns
PNNI Route TNS Table
keepgoing = 0x6
10-32
show Commands
show pnni mib summary

Purpose
The show pnni mib summary command displays the PNNI MIB summary ADV table.
Syntax
show pnni mib summary
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib summary
PNNI Summary Advertising Table
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniSummaryAddress 390000000000000000c0a84b24000000000000
pnniSummaryPrefixLength 104
pnniSummarypnniDisplay 1
pnniSummarySuppress 2
pnniSummaryState 1
pnniSummaryRowStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x6
10-33
show Commands
show pnni mib summaddress

Purpose
The show pnni mib summaddress command displays the PNNI MIB Summary Address
table.
Syntax
show pnni mib summaddress
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib summaddress
PNNI SUMMARY ADDRESS TABLE
keepgoing = 0x1
pnniNodeIndex 1
pnniSummaryAddress 390000000000000000c0a84b24000000000000
pnniSummaryPrefixLength 104
pnniSummarypnniDisplay 1
pnniSummarySuppress 2
pnniSummaryState 1
pnniSummaryRowStatus 1
keepgoing = 0x6
10-34
show Commands
show pnni mib svccrcc

Purpose
The show pnni mib svccrcc command displays the PNNI MIB SVCC RCC table.
Syntax
show pnni mib svccrcc
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib svccrcc
PNNI SVCC RCC Table
keepgoing = 0x6
10-35
show Commands
show pnni mib tnsmap

Purpose
The show pnni mib tnsmap command displays the PNNI MIB Map TNS table.
Syntax
show pnni mib tnsmap
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni mib tnsmap
PNNI Map TNS Table
keepgoing = 0x6
10-36
show Commands
show pnni node

Purpose
The show pnni node command displays the PNNI node information.
Syntax
show pnni node
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni node
Level
: 96
Node ID (HEX)
: 60a0390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
Peer Group ID (HEX) : 60390000000000000000c0a84b00
ATM Address (HEX)
: 390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b0000
10-37
show Commands
show pnni rouadd

Purpose
The show pnni rouadd command displays all route address information.
Syntax
show pnni rouadd
Arguments
Example
A500:show pnni rouadd
***** PNNI ROUTE ADDRESS INFORMATION *****
********* ADDRESSES LEARNED FROM LOCAL AND MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL ***********
Address
Protocol
Prefix
Port VPI Advertise
Length
ID
============================================================================
==
39000000000000000001010105000000000000
mgmt
104
A1.8
0
n
39000000000000000001010106000000000000
mgmt
104
A1.8
0
n
390000000000000000c0a84b230020b6171b00
mgmt
152
Self
0
a
************ ADDRESSES LEARNED FROM PNNI PROTOCOL ***************
Address
Prefix
From Node ID
Length
============================================================================
==
10-38
show Commands
show ppp
Purpose
The show ppp command displays PPP configuration information.
Syntax
show ppp
Arguments
Example
A500:show ppp
PPP is enabled
PPP down!
PPP Local IP Address
---------------address 192.168.55.1
mask 255.255.255.0
Dial Out Configuration
---------------Dial Out virtual PPP channel is not being used
DialOut User Name:
DialOut Telephone #:
PAP is not Required
dial out peer address 192.168.55.2
Dial In Configuration
---------------Dial In PPP mode is Active
PAP is required
dial in peer address 192.168.55.2
10-39
show Commands
show signaling cause

Purpose
The show signaling cause command displays the cause code descriptions.
Syntax
show signaling cause { cause # }
Arguments
cause #
Enter the cause code number. If no cause code number is entered, all the
cause codes are shown. See Output Sample 2 for a listing of the Cause Codes.
Example 1
A500:show signaling cause 2
Cause 2: No route to specified transit network
Example 2
A500:show signaling cause
Cause
Description
------------------------------------------------------1
Unallocated (unassigned) number
2
No route to specified transit network
3
No route to destination
10
VPCI/VCI unacceptable
16
Normal call clearing
17
User busy
18
No user responding
21
Call rejected
22
Number changed
23
User rejects all calls with CLIR
27
Destination out of order
28
Invalid number format (address incomplete)
30
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY
31
Normal, unspecified
34
Requested called party soft PVPC or PVCC not available
35
Requested VPCI/VCI not available
38
Network out of order
41
Temporary failure
43
Access information discarded
10-40
show Commands
45
47
49
51
53
57
58
63
65
73
81
82
88
89
91
92
93
96
97
99
100
101
102
111
No VPCI/VCI available
Resource unavailable, unspecified
Quality of Service unavailable
User cell rate not available
Call cleared due to change in PGL
Bearer capability not authorized
Bearer capability not presently available
Service or option not available, unspecified
Bearer capability not implemented
Unsupported combination of traffic parameters
Invalid call reference value
Identified channel does not exist
Incompatible destination
Invalid endpoint reference value
Invalid transit network selection
Too many pending add party requests
AAL parameters can not be supported
Mandatory information element is missing
Message type non-existent or not implemented
Information element non-existent or not implemented
Invalid information element contents
Message not compatible with call state
Recovery on timer expiry
Protocol error, unspecified
10-41
show Commands
show signaling esi

Purpose
The show signaling esi command displays the registered ESIs.
Syntax
show signaling esi
Arguments
Example
A500:show signaling esi
Number of ESI's Allowed: 32
Current number of ESI's: 0
ESI
port vpi
------------- ----
10-42
show Commands
show signaling routes

Purpose
The show signaling routes command displays the ATM static routes.
Syntax
show signaling routes
Arguments
Example
A500:show signaling routes
Number of Local Static Routes Allowed: 32
Number of Local Static Routes Allowed: 32
Current number of Local Static Routes: 2
Port VPI Address
---- --- ----------------------------------------------------------A?.?
0 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.01.01.01.06.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
A?.?
0 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.01.01.01.05.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
Mask
---104
104
10-43
show Commands
show signaling stats

Purpose
The show signaling stats command is mainly used for trouble shooting. This
command displays the signaling statistics for the ports running signaling.
Syntax
show signaling stats { vpi } { port }
Arguments
This command requires the following arguments:
vpi
port
Specify the port for which you want to view the ATM link type configuration.
Valid port numbers are A1.1 through A4.8.
Example
A500:show signaling stats 35 a1.1
Signaling Statistics
Port A1.1
if_index = 0x1010000
sscop con events = 3
sscop errored pdus = 1
received setup attempts = 0
transmitted setup attempts = 0
received unavail routes = 0
transmitted unavail routes = 0
received unavail resrcs = 0
transmitted unavail resrcs = 0
received cld party events = 0
transmitted cld party events = 0
received msg errors = 0
transmitted msg errors = 0
received clg party events = 0
transmitted clg party events = 0
received timer expired = 0
transmitted timer expired = 0
received restarts = 0
in establs = 0
out establs = 0
configured sig type = IISP 3.0
actual sig type = IISP 3.0
configured signaling side = OTHER
actual signaling side = SYMMETRIC
10-44
show Commands
SSG STATISTICS
reset ssg stats = 0
parse statistics
no of messages received with invalid protocol discriminator = 0
no of messages received with call reference length errorsi = 0
SETUP messages received with call reference flag incorrectly set to 1=0
no of invalid call reference = 0
no of unrecognized messages received with pass along bit set = 0
no of unrecognized messages received and discarded = 0
no of messages received with incorrect message length fields = 0
no of mandatory IE missing from message errors = 0
no of unrecognized IEs received = 0
no of general IE errors = 0
no of mandatory IE content errors = 0
no of non mandatory IE content errors = 0
no of unrecognized IEs received with pass along indicator set = 0
active inc pp calls = 0
active out pp calls = 0
active inc pmp calls = 0
active out pmp calls = 0
active inc pp svcs = 0
active out pp svcs = 0
active inc pmp svcs = 0
active out pmp svcs = 0
active pmp leaves = 0
aal resets = 0
aal releases = 1
status mismatches = 0
msg type seq errs = 0
end ref errors = 0
unknown call ref on rel comp = 0
restart ack mismatches = 0
setup retrans rcvd = 0
setup retrans trans = 0
SSC STATISTICS
reset ssc stats = 0
Begin PDUs
- num trans = 2
- num rcvd = 2
- num retrans rcvd = 0
- num retrans trans = 0
- num acks trans = 2
- num acks rcvd = 1
- num rej rcvd = 0
- num rej trans = 0
Resynchroniztion Command PDUs
- num trans = 0
- num rcvd = 0
- num acks rcvd = 0
- num rej rcvd = 0
- num rej trans = 0
10-45
show Commands
Error Recovery PDUs

- num trans = 0
- num rcvd = 0
- num acks rcvd = 0
- num rej rcvd = 0
- num rej trans = 0
End PDUs
- num trans = 1
- num rcvd = 2
- num acks rcvd = 1
- num rej rcvd = 0
- num rej trans = 0
num poll trans = 467666
num poll rcvd = 467667
num stat trans = 467666
num stat rcvd = 467665
num ustat trans = 0
num ustat rcvd = 0
num poll trans = 467666
num poll rcvd = 467667
num stat trans = 467666
num stat rcvd = 467665
num ustat trans = 0
num ustat rcvd = 0
num sd trans = 0
num sd retrans = 0
num sd ackd = 0
num sd rcvd = 0
num sd delivered = 0
num sd duplicate = 0
num retrans rqs sent = 0
num trans window empty = 0
trans credit = 1
maa errors = 2
tno response pops = 1
tcc max pops = 0
num invalid pdus rcvd = 0
num errored pdus rcvd = 1
*************
10-46
show Commands
show signaling summary

Purpose
The show signaling summary provides a summary of all ports configured for signaling.
Use this command to trace VCIs, check the configuration of ports, and for general
debugging and troubleshooting purposes.
Syntax
show signaling summary [ port ] [ vpi ]
Arguments
port
Specify the port for which you want to view the ATM link type configuration.
Valid port numbers are A1.1 through A4.8.
vpi
U If no parameters are entered, the command shows all of the state of all protocols
configured on the switch.
U If only a port is specified, the command shows all of the protocols configured on
that port.
U If port and vpi are specified, the command only shows the protocols that are
configured on the specified port/vpi.
Examples
A500:show signaling summary
Link
Port
---A1.1
A1.1
A1.2
A1.3
A1.4
A1.5
A1.6
A1.7
A1.8
A2.1
A2.2
Phy
VPI
--0
100
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Admin
Config
-----Auto
UNI4.0
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
ILMI
PNNI
Sig Sig
Sig
Min Max
State State State State Vers Side State
VCI VCI
----- ----- ----------- ----------- ---- ---- -------Down Up
INITIALIZED na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Up
na
na
4.0 Net STARTED 32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Up
INITIALIZED na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
Down Down DOWN
na
Auto Auto na
32
2047
2047
1023
2047
511
2047
2047
2047
2047
2047
2047
10-47
show Commands
A2.3
A2.4
A2.5
A2.6
A2.7
A2.8
A3.1
A3.2
A3.3
A3.4
A3.5
A3.6
A3.7
A3.8
A4.1
A4.2
A4.3
A4.4
A4.5
A4.6
A4.7
A4.8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
PNNI
UNI3.0
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
Auto
PVC
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Up
INITIALIZED
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down DOWN
Down na
na
na
na
na
na
UNDEFINE
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
na
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
PNNI Auto DOWN 32
2047
3.0 Net DOWN
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
Auto Auto na
32
2047
A500:show signaling summary a1.1
Port
---A1.1
A1.1
VPI
--0
100
Link
Phy Admin ILMI PNNI
Sig Sig
Sig
Min Max
Config State State
State
State
Vers Side State
VCI VCI
------ ----- ----- ----------- ----------- ---- ---- -------- ---- Auto
Down Up
INITIALIZED na
Auto Auto na
32
2047
UNI4.0 Down Up
na
na
4.0 Net STARTED 32
2047
A500:show signaling summary a1.1 100

Link
Phy Admin
ILMI
PNNI
Sig Sig
Sig
Min Max
Port VPI Config State State
State
State
Vers Side State
VCI VCI
---- --- ------ ----- ----- ----------- ----------- ---- ---- -------- ---- A1.1 100 UNI4.0 Down Up
na
na
4.0 Net STARTED 32
2047
U If a particular state column does not apply, it is filled with the string "na".
U All links have an initial Min VCI setting of 32 and a maxi mum of whatever was
programmed when you defined the link. However, due to ILMI auto-negotiation
both the minimum and maximum vci values can change based on the
configuration of the device attached to the A500. Specifically, the Min VCI could
increase and the Max VCI could decrease.
10-48
show Commands
The following is a listing of the states and their associated meanings.

ILMI states:
-----------DOWN
-> ilmi state machine is not running, port/vpi is admin down
INITIALIZIN -> ilmi process is being initialized
INITIALIZED -> ilmi process has completed initialization
CONNECTED
-> ilmi process has connected to a remote peer
CONFIGURED -> ilmi process has completed configuration process
MISMATCHED -> ilmi detected link configuration mismatch with remote
peer
FAIL
-> an invalid ilmi state machine transition has occurred
SIGNALLING STATES:
-----------------DOWN -> signalling state machine not runnig, port/vpi is admin down
OR ilmi/pnni have not finished their initialization
CREATING -> signalling stack is being created
CREATED -> signalling stack creation is complete
STARTED -> signalling stack has been started
ACTIVE -> Q.SAAL is actively communicating with peer (link is up)
INACTIVE -> Q.SAAL is not actively communicating with peer (link is
down)
STOPPING -> signalling stack is being destroyed
FAIL -> an invalid signalling state machine transition has occurred
PNNI STATES:
-----------UNDEFINED
-> pnni state machine not running, port/vpi is admin down
OR ilmi has not finished its initialization
DEFINING
-> pnni link is being defined
STARTING
-> pnni link is being started
STARTED
-> pnni link has been successfully started
LNK_DOWN
-> pnni link has no connectivity to neighbor
LNK_UP_NO_A -> pnni link is connected with neighbor but is not
advertising link
LNK_UP_ADV -> pnni link is connected with neighbor and is advertising
link
STOPPING
-> pnni link is being stopped (first step in link deletion)
DELETING
-> pnni link is being deleted
FAIL
-> an invalid pnni state machine transition has occurred
10-49
show Commands
show static_ip client

Purpose
The show static_ip client command displays information about the static IP clients.
Syntax
show static_ip client
Arguments
Example
A500:show static_ip client
Client address: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
10-50
show Commands
show static_ip server

Purpose
The show static_ip server command displays static IP server information.
Syntax
show static_ip server
Arguments
Example
A500:show static_ip server
Server address: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00
10-51
show Commands
show static_ip status

Purpose
The show static_ip status command displays the current static IP status.
Syntax
show static_ip status
Arguments
Example
A500:show static_ip status
Static-IP Status
================
10-52
Current Status:
Current Mode:
DISABLED
CLIENT
Nvram Status:
Nvram Mode:
DISABLED
CLIENT
show Commands
show stats cellstat

Purpose
The show stats cellstat command displays miscellaneous switch cell statistics.
Syntax
show stats cellstat
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats cellstat
-----------------------------------Current Switch Cell Statistics
-----------------------------------Priority 1 cells =
0
Priority 2 cells =
0
Priority 3 cells =
0
Priority 4 cells =
0
total cells
=
0
discarded cells =
0
invalid cells
=
0
Output Description
Field
Description
Priority {#} cells
The number of Priority {#} cells queued (# = 1-4).
Variable
total cells
The total number of cells queued.
Variable
discarded cells
The number of cells discarded due to congestion

since the last time the command was executed.
Variable
invalid cells
The number of cells that have been received by the

switch for which no connection exists.
Variable
Values
10-53
show Commands
show stats errether

Purpose
The show stats errether command displays ethernet error statistics.
Syntax
show stats errether
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats errether
T_DSCRDS T_COLL T_CAR T_RETRY
-------- ------ ----- ------0
0
0
0
R_DSCRDS
-------0
R_MISSED
-------0
R_COLL
-----0
T_BABBLE
-------0
R_RUNT
-----0
Output Description
Field
10-54
Description
Values
T_DSCRDS
Total count of transmit errors.
Variable
T_COLL
Count of transmit errors due to collisions.
Variable
T_CAR
Count of transmit errors due to loss of carrier.
Variable
T_RETRY
Count of transmit errors due to retry failures.
Variable
T_BABBLE
Count of babble occurrences.
Variable
R_DSCRDS
Total count of receive errors.
Variable
R_MISSED
Count of Ethernet frames missed.
Variable
R_COLL
Count of collisions.
Variable
R_RUNT
Count of runt frames.
Variable
show Commands
show stats errsar

Purpose
The show stats errsar command displays Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) error
statistics.
Syntax
show stats errsar
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats errsar
SAR
Port
HW Err
CRC Err
----------A1.1
0
A1.2
0
A1.3
0
A1.4
0
A1.5
0
A1.6
0
A2.1
0
A2.2
0
A2.3
0
A2.4
0
A2.5
0
A2.6
0
A3.1
0
A3.2
0
A3.3
0
A3.4
0
A3.5
0
A3.6
0
A4.1
0
A4.2
0
A4.3
0
A4.4
0
A4.5
0
A4.6
0
Total Rx Errors:
Lgth Err IncmpltPDU
-------------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 Total Tx Errors:
DrpCls
InvldCls
(no buff) (no conn)
--------- ------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10-55
show Commands
Output Description
The following table describes the output fields. All field values, except those for port, are
variable:
Field
10-56
Description
Port
Internal ATM port number; values are A1.1 through A4.8.
HW Err
Number of hardware errors reading cell in SAR.
CRC Err
PDU Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error count.
Lgth Err
Number of PDU length errors.
IncmpltPDU
Number of incomplete PDUs.
DrpCls
Number of dropped cells due to lack of buffer.
Invld Cls
Number of invalid cells due to no internal connection setup.
Total Rx Errors
Total number of receive errors.
Total Tx Errors
Total number of transmit errors.
show Commands
show stats ether

Purpose
The show stats ether command displays traffic statistics on the Ethernet port.
Syntax
show stats ether
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats ether
ETHERNET PORT
In Octets In Unicast Frames In NUnicast Frames
---------- ----------------- -----------------0
0
0
Out Octets Out Unicast Frames Out NUnicast Frames
---------- ----------------------------------0
0
0
Output Description
Field
Description
Values
In Octets
The number of incoming octets.
Variable
In Unicast Frames
The number of incoming unicast frames.
Variable
In NUnicast Frames
The number of incoming non-unicast frames.
Variable
Out Octets
The number of outgoing octets.
Variable
Out Unicast Frames
The number of outgoing unicast frames.
Variable
Out NUnicast Frames
The number of outgoing non-unicast frames.
Variable
10-57
show Commands
show stats memstat

Purpose
The show stats memstat command displays the connection table memory statistics.
This command is only useful for advanced system debugging. The Cajun A500 hardware
contains four tables to perform cell switching:
U Lookup Table (LUT)
U Input Translate Table (ITT)
U Output Pointer Table (OPT)
U Output Transfer Table (OTT)
This information is useful when resource issues and availability of memory is a concern.
In high-load networks, it is important to make sure memory limitations are not being
exceeded.
Syntax
show stats memstat
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats memstat
LUT Memory Management Statistics
-------------------------------vc slots
=
0
vp slots
=
0
free slots
=
8192
ITT Memory Management Statistics
-------------------------------free slots
=
65536
in-use slots
=
0
OPT Memory Management Statistics
-------------------------------free slots
=
32765
in-use slots
=
3
10-58
show Commands
OTT Memory Management Statistics

-------------------------------point-point slots =
1
multi-point slots =
0
free slots
=
65535
Output Description
Field
Description
Values
LUT vc slots
The number of LUT slots in use for VCI connections.
0 - 8192
LUT vp slots
The number of LUT slots in use for VPI connections.
0 - 8192
LUT free slots
The number of unused LUT slots.
0 - 8192
ITT free slots
The number of unused ITT slots.
0 - 65536
ITT in-use slots
The number of ITT slots in use.
0 - 32768
OPT free slots
The number of unused OPT slots.
0 - 32768
OPT in-use slots
The number of OPT slots in use.
0 - 32768
OTT point-point
The number of OTT slots used for point-to-point

connections.
0 - 65536
OTT multi-point
The number of OTT slots in use or reserved for

point-to-multipoint connections.
0 - 65536
OTT free slots
The number of unused OTT slots.
0 - 65536
10-59
show Commands
show stats queuestat

Purpose
The show stats queuestat command displays switch port queue statistics.
Syntax
show stats queuestat { port | all }
Arguments
port
all
Enter the port number that you want to show statistics on. Valid port
numbers are A1.1 through A4.8.
Displays the queue statistics for all port queues on the Cajun A500.
Example
A500: show stats queuestat a1.1
Port A1.1 Queue Statistics
-------------------------------priority 1: input enabled, output
priority 2: input enabled, output
enabled,
enabled,
enabled,
enabled,
cell
cell
cell
cell
count
count
count
count
=
=
=
=
0
0
0
0
(
(
(
(
0%
0%
0%
0%
full)
full)
full)
full)
Output Description
Field
priority (1-4)
Description
Values
Priority queue being displayed.
1 = highest
4 = lowest
input
Input into the specified queue is enabled or disabled.
enabled, disabled
output
Enable/disable output from the specified queue.
enabled, disabled
cell count
Number of cells currently in the specified queue.
Variable
(% full)
The percentage of queue capacity represented by the

cell count.
0 - 100 %
10-60
show Commands
show stats sar

Purpose
The show stats sar command displays Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) states
and statistics. This information is useful for tracking the amount of traffic the SAR has
transmitted and received.
Syntax
show stats sar
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats
Port In Octets
---- --------SAR
0
sar
Out Octets
---------1127651
In PDUs
--------0
Out PDUs
---------25904
Output Description
The following table describes the output fields. All values are variable:
Field
Description
Port
The SAR in the Cajun A500.
In Octets
The number of incoming octets (bytes).
Out Octets
The number of outgoing octets (bytes).
In PDUs
The number of incoming PDUs (frames).
Out PDUs
The number of outgoing PDUs (frames).
10-61
show Commands
show stats portstat

Purpose
The show stats portstat command displays the per-port SONET statistics. The values
in this display reset back to 0 when they reach 65535. This command provides receive,
transmit, and error counts for SONET cells on each port.
Syntax
show stats portstat { port }
Arguments
port
Example
A500: show stats portstat
<port#> _ a1.2
Sonet per Port Statistics
---------------------------------
10-62
Receive Cell Count:

Transmit Cell Count:
0
0
Section Level Bit Err:

Line Bit Err:
Line FEB Err:
Path Bit Err:
Path FEB Err:
Correctable HCS Err:
Uncorrectable HCS Err:
Loss of Frame Err:
Loss of Signal Err:
Out of Frame Err:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Path Signal Label:
show Commands
Output Description
Field
Description
Values
Receive Cell Count
The number of SONET cells received.
0 - 4294967296
Transmit Cell Count
The number of SONET cells transmitted.
0 - 4294967296
Section Level Bit Err
The number of Section Level Bit errors.
0 - 4294967296
Line Bit Err
The number of Line Bit errors.
0 - 4294967296
Line FEB Err
The number of Line Far End Block errors.
0 - 4294967296
Path Bit Err
The number of Path Bit errors.
0 - 4294967296
Path FEB Err
The number of Path Far End Block errors.
0 - 4294967296
Correctable HCS Err
The number of Header Check Sequence (4-bit

CRC) failures that are automatically
correctable.
0 - 4294967296
Uncorrectable HCS Err
The number of Header Check Sequence (4-bit

CRC) failures that are not automatically
correctable.
0 - 4294967296
Loss of Frame Err
The number of out-of-frame persistence errors

(every three out of frame).
0 - 4294967296
Loss of Signal Err
The number of errors of no valid signals over

a period.
0 - 4294967296
Out of Frame Err
The number of out of frame errors.
0 - 4294967296
Path Signal Label
The label of the last three frames received.
0 - 4294967296
10-63
show Commands
show stats swstat

Purpose
The show stats swstat command displays global cell counts for discarded and
invalid cells. The counts displayed by this command are cumulative. They are the total
number of discarded and invalid cells that have occurred since rebooting the Cajun
A500.
Syntax
show stats swstat
Arguments
Example
A500: show stats swstat
--------------------------------------Cumulative Switch Cell Statistics
--------------------------------------discarded cells =
0
invalid cells
=
0
Output Description
The following table describes the output fields. All values are variable:
Field
10-64
Description
Values
discarded cells
The number of discarded cells since the last reboot of the

Cajun A500. Discarded cells are cells that were part of a
connection but were dropped by the Cajun A500.
Variable
invalid cells
The number of invalid cells since the last reboot of the

Cajun A500. Invalid cells are cells that were not part of a
connection.
Variable
show Commands
show switch busy_vcis

Purpose
The show switch busy_vcis command displays the busy Virtual Connection Identifiers
(VCI) for the specified port and Virtual Path Identifier (VPI).
Syntax
show switch busy_vcis { port } { vpi }
Arguments
port
Enter the port number that you want. Valid port numbers are A1.1
through A4.8.
vpi
Enter the VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) number that you want to list
busy VCIs for.
Example
A500: show switch busy_vcis a1.2 0
Busy vcis for port A1.2, VPI
0
-------------------------------5,
16
10-65
show Commands
show switch cdvt

Purpose
The show switch cdvt command displays the ports Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
(CDVT).
Syntax
show switch cdvt { port | all }
Arguments
port
all
Enter the port number that you want to show CDVT of. Valid port
Enter all to display the information for all ports.
Example
A500:show switch cdvt a1.1
A1.1 cell delay variation tolerance values
-----------------------------------------current cdvt for port
250 microseconds
reboot cdvt for port
250 microseconds
10-66
show Commands
show switch chipversions

Purpose
The show switch chipversions command displays the version numbers of switch
components. If a port module is not present or plugged in, the ports version is listed as
not available.
Syntax
show switch chipversions
Arguments
Example
A500: show switch chipversions
white chip version = 2
grey chip version = 2
pif chip version numbers:
port A1.1.......not available
port A2.1.......2
port A2.2.......2
port A2.3.......2
port A2.4.......2
port A2.5.......2
port A2.6.......2
port A2.7.......2
port A2.8.......2
10-67
show Commands
show switch circuittable

Purpose
The show switch circuittable command displays the virtual channels currently
running through the switch. This command is typically used to either verify connectivity
through the switch or trace the path of a specific virtual circuit.
Syntax
show switch circuittable [ all | port # ]
Arguments
This command requires no additional argument(s). The following arguments are
optional
all
If you enter all as the optional parameter, all of the connections in the
switch table display.
Enter the port number that you want. If you enter a valid port
number, only connections that have the specified port as either an
input or an output display. Valid port numbers are A1.1 through A4.8.
port #
Example
A500: show switch circuittable
___________________________________________________________________
Input
|
Output
|
Connection
|port vpi vci| port vpi vci| type class parameters
|_____________|______________|______________________________________
A1.1
0
A1.1
0
A1.3
0
A1.5 100
A1.6 10
A1.8 25
10-68
32
100
101
100
100
100
A1.8
A1.2
25
0
100
101
pp
pmp
CBR
UBR
pcr=10000
ppd off
A1.6 10
A1.5 100
A1.1
0
100
100
32
pp
pp
pp
VBRnrt pcr=10000 /scr=7500

VBRnrt pcr=10000 /scr=7500
CBR
pcr=10000
/mbs=500
/mbs=500
show Commands
Output Description
Field
Description
Values
Input port
The port number of the Cajun A500

though which the virtual channel is
entering.
Valid port numbers are A1.1 through

A4.8.
Input vpi
The incoming VPI identification number.
Variable
Input vci
The incoming VCI identification

number.
Variable (if --- appears in this field, it

is a VPI connection)
Output port
The port number of the Cajun A500

though which the virtual channel is
exiting.
Valid port numbers are A1.1 through

A4.8.
Output vpi
The outgoing VPI identification number.
Variable
Output vci
The outgoing VCI identification number.
Variable (if --- appears in this field, it

is a VPI connection).
Connection
type
Indicates the type of connection

between ports.
pp (point-to-point), pmp
(point-to-multipoint).
Connection
class
The Quality of Service class associated

with this virtual channel.
CBR, VBRnrt, and UBR
Connection
Parameters
Indicates the parameters associated with

the connections class.
UBR = ppd y/n
CBR = peak cell rate

VBRnrt = peak cell rate, sustained cell
rate, maximum burst size
10-69
show Commands
show switch epd

Purpose
The show switch epd command displays the early packet discard functionality in the
switch. The threshold tells the hardware, in units of eights, how full a queue must be
before the early packet discard functionality takes effect.
Syntax
show switch epd
Arguments
Example 1
A500: show switch epd
Early Packet Discard is enabled with a queue threshold of 7/8
Example 2
A500:sh switch epd
Early Packet Discard is disabled
10-70
show Commands
show switch free_vcis

Purpose
The show switch free_vcis command displays the free Virtual Connection Identifiers
(VCI) for the specified port or Virtual Path Identifier (VPI).
Syntax
show switch free_vcis { port } { vpi }
Arguments
port
vpi
Enter the VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) number that you want to list
free VCIs for.
Example
A500: show switch free_vcis
port _ a1.2
VPI _ 0
Free vcis for port A1.2, VPI
0
-------------------------------32,
33,
34,
35,
36,
37,
42,
43,
44,
45,
46,
47,
52,
53,
54,
55,
56,
57,
62,
63,
64,
65,
66,
67,
72,
73,
74,
75,
76,
77,
82,
83,
84,
85,
86,
87,
92,
93,
94,
95,
96,
97,
102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107,
112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117,
122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127,
132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137,
142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147,
152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157,
162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177,
182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187,
192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197,
202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207,
212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217,
222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227,
38,
48,
58,
68,
78,
88,
98,
108,
118,
128,
138,
148,
158,
168,
178,
188,
198,
208,
218,
228,
39,
49,
59,
69,
79,
89,
99,
109,
119,
129,
139,
149,
159,
169,
179,
189,
199,
209,
219,
229,
40,
50,
60,
70,
80,
90,
100,
110,
120,
130,
140,
150,
160,
170,
180,
190,
200,
210,
220,
230,
41
51
61
71
81
91
101
111
121
131
141
151
161
171
181
191
201
211
221
231
10-71
show Commands
show switch maxvci

Purpose
The show switch maxvci command displays the current maximum Virtual Channel
Identifier (VCI) value for the specified port along with the value that will be used at
reboot. These values can be different due to the fact that the admin switch maxvci
command does not take effect until the system reboots.
Syntax
show switch maxvci [ port ]
Arguments
This command requires no additional arguments. The following are optional:
port
Enter the port number. The range is A1.1 to A4.8. If you enter the port
parameter, the current and reboot values for the maxvci display. If no
port parameter is entered, the values for all ports display.
Example
A500:show switch maxvci a1.1
A1.1 maximum vci values
----------------------current maximum vci for port
reboot maximum vci for port
10-72
2015
1790
show Commands
show switch queue capacities

Purpose
The show switch queue capacities command displays queue capacities for a specified
port or all ports on the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show switch queue capacities { port | all }
Arguments
port | all
numbers are A1.1 through A4.8 and Self.
Example
A500: show switch queue capacities a1.1
Queue Cell Capacities For Port A1.1
----------------------------------priority 1:
255
priority 2:
255
priority 3:
511
priority 4: 3071
10-73
show Commands
show switch queue global

Purpose
The show switch queue global command displays global queue capacities for the
Cajun A500.
Syntax
show switch queue global
Arguments
Example
A500: show switch queue global
Global Queue Cell Capacities For Switch
--------------------------------------global queue 1: 4096 cells
global queue 2: 65535 cells
10-74
show Commands
show system alarms

Purpose
The show system alarms command displays a list of current system alarms. When you
execute this command, the Cajun A500 displays a list of alarm messages and
corresponding alarm numbers.
Note: See Appendix A for a table of event and alarm messages that describes each
message along with possible causes and remedies.
Note: The Cajun A500s Event and Alarm log stores up to 50 event and alarm
messages. When the maximum number is reached, each new event or alarm
overwrites the oldest. However, when you use the show system alarms
command, the current system alarms continue to display until they are
corrected. They are not over overwritten when the Event and Alarm log
reaches a maximum number of messages.
Syntax
show system alarms
Arguments
Example
A500: show system alarms
Current System Alarms
--------------------[1] Failed to fetch configuration files
[4] Power Supply failure
[28] Board Removed
10-75
show Commands
show system bootSource

Purpose
The show system bootSource command displays information related to the boot source
for the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show system bootSource
Arguments
Example
A500: show system bootSource
NVRAM boot source: Boot device [PCMCIA:] file [SWP_IMAGE.IMG] offset
[0x0]
10-76
show Commands
show system chassis

Purpose
The show system chassis command displays the status of the Cajun A500
components.
Syntax
show system chassis
Arguments
Example
A500:show system chassis
_________________________________________________
System Configuration
__________________________________________________
Power supply 1.......... Not installed
Power supply 2.......... OK
AC Power 2......... OK
DC Power 2......... OK
PHY Slot 1 ............. Present
SWF
............. Present
Fans.................... OK
Temperature(left).......
Temperature(right)......
5 Volts (left)..........
5 Volts (right).........
12 Volts ...............
25C
29C
4.97
4.95
12.16
10-77
show Commands
Output Description
The following table describes the output fields for this command.
Field
Description
Values
Power Supply
Status of the power supplies.
OK; Off; Not installed
PHY Slot 1 - 4
The position of the components in the chassis.
Present, Not installed
SWF
Status of the Switch fabric.
Present, Not installed
Fans
The status of the fans.
OK; 1, 2, 3, 4 failed
Temperature
The temperature on the right and left sides of the

Switch Processor (SWP) board.
Variable
5 Volts
Voltage output of the right/left 5V DC power supply.
Variable
12 Volts
Voltage output of the 12V DC power supply.
Variable
10-78
show Commands
show system community

Purpose
The show system community command displays information related to the V1
community string.
Syntax
show system community
Arguments
Example
A500: show system community
Read Community: techpub
Write Community: sysadmin
Trap Community: engineer
10-79
show Commands
show system configuration

Purpose
The show system configuration command displays information related to the Cajun
A500 database.
Syntax
show system configuration
Arguments
Example
A500: show system configuration
__________________________________________________
Cajun A500 Database
__________________________________________________
A500 name
-- A500
IP address
-- 198.3.104.176
IP mask
-- 255.255.255.0
A500 address
-- 0xc60368b0
A500 ATM address
-39.0000.000000000000C60368B0.0020B616E400.00
Console timeout in minutes
-- 0 (0 = none)
10-80
show Commands
show system crash_info

Purpose
The show system crash_info command enables you to display crash log
information.
Syntax
show system crash_info { all | last | num | # }
Arguments
all
last
Lists all the crash records in the log.

lists the last crash entered in the log.
number
#
Displays the number of crash records in the log.

Displays the specify the number of the crash record you want to view.
Possible numbers are 1 to 11.
Example
A500: show system crash_info all
Crash occured because of NMI
Running A500 software version: UNOFFICIAL
Crash occured on 3/19/99 at 17:29:18
SWP:
g: 0x30292180 0x31EF293C 0x00000000 0x00000064
0x30016BD0 0x00000000 0x31B627C0 0x00000000
0x306F6E80 0x000DFE00 0x00010000 0x00000000
0x30701F3C 0x00000023 0x00000000 0x304CB300
r: 0x304CB2C0 0x304CB340 0x3025BFB8 0x3500E02C
0x30701F3C 0x306F4140 0x3025BE64 0x3046B364
0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF 0xFFFFFFFF
0x30701F7C 0x00000023 0x00000000 0x001F0000
sf: 0x0000000D 0x0000004D 0x20000000 0x0000000D
IP: 0x3025BFB8 AC: 0x00001004 PC: 0xC0102003 TC: 0x00000000
Call Trace:
RIP:
0x304705E4
SP:0x304CB300
PFP:0x304CB247
RIP:
0x3046AE38
SP:0x304CB2C0
PFP:0x304CB200
RIP:
0x30268624
SP:0x304CB240
PFP:0x304CB1C0
RIP:
0x30017504
SP:0x304CB200
PFP:0x304CB0C0
RIP:
0x30017180
SP:0x304CB1B4
PFP:0x304CB070
SYSSTS: 0x100
SWP BELTCH = 0xdfe0a
Active systemAlarms:
10-81
show Commands
show system eventlog

Purpose
The show system eventlog command enables you to display event log information.
Syntax
show system eventlog
Arguments
Example
A500: show system eventlog
System up time
Event
-------------------------------------------------------0:00:54.78
Succeeded fetching configuration files
10-82
show Commands
show system interfaces

Purpose
The show system interfaces command displays the operational status, admin status,
current state, and type of media for each interface in the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show system interfaces
Arguments
Example
A500: show system interfaces
Device
Oper
Admin
State
Type
Status
Status
_________________________________________________________________
Self
up
up
present
PROPVIRTUAL
Self
up
up
present
SAR
Output Description
Field
Description
Values
Device
Type of board and port number.
A1.1 to A4.8, E1, and Self
Oper Status
The operational status of the interface,

based on the admin state or fault.
Up, down
Admin Status
The management state of the interface.
Up, down
State
The state of the interface, based on if a

module is present or not.
Present, invalid
Type
The type of media of the interface.
STS_#c (MultiMode)
OC3
The transmission system selected.
STS_3c for SONET or

STM_1 for SDH
OC12
The transmission system selected.
STS_12c for SONET or

STM_4
10-83
show Commands
show system que

Purpose
The show system que command displays the number of buffers or queues available, and
the number currently in use.
Syntax
show system que
Arguments
Example
A500: show system que
Port
TxQ
TxFQ
RxQ
RxFQ
-----------------------------------ETHER
0/64
64/64
0/64
64/64
SAR
0/64
64/64
0/64
64/64
Output Description
Field
10-84
Description
Values
Port
The type of port.
ETHER, SAR
TxQ
The number of transmit buffers in use.
0 - 64
TxFQ
The number of transmit buffers available.
0 - 64
RxQ
The number of receive buffers in use.
0 - 64
RxFQ
The number of receive buffers available.
0 - 64
show Commands
show system seeprom bp_base

Purpose
The show system seeprom bp_base command displays the backplane base assembly
configuration.
Syntax
show system seemprom bp_base
Arguments
Example
A500:show system seeprom bp_base
A500 MAC Address:
0:20:b6:17:1a:0
Board Part number:
10010062
Board Rev. number:
01
Board P.O. number:
12410
Board Date Code:
5097
Board Serial number:
0044
10-85
show Commands
show system seeprom bp_card

Purpose
The show system seeprom bp_card command displays the backplane card assembly
configuration.
Syntax
show system seemprom bp_card
Arguments
Example
A500:show system seeprom bp_card
Board Part number:
10010011
Board Rev. number:
Board P.O. number:
Board Date Code:
10-86
show Commands
show system seeprom bp_chassis

Purpose
The show system seeprom bp_chassis command displays the backplane chassis
assembly configuration.
Syntax
show system seemprom bp_chassis
Arguments
Example
A500:show system seeprom bp_chassis
Board Part number:
10010033
Board Rev. number:
Board P.O. number:
Board Date Code:
10-87
show Commands
show system seeprom phy#

Purpose
The show system seeprom phy# command displays the PHY# board configuration and
manufacturing information.
Syntax
show system seemprom phy#
Arguments
#
Enter the number of the PHY board you want to view. Valid values are
2, 3, 5, and 6.
Example
A500: show system seeprom phy2
Board
Board
Board
Board
Board
10-88
Part number:
Rev. number:
P.O. number:
Date Code:
Serial number:
10010160
show Commands
show system seeprom swf

Purpose
The show system seeprom swf command displays the serial EEPROM configuration on
the switch fabric module.
Syntax
show system seemprom swf
Arguments
Example
A500:show system seeprom swf
Board
Board
Board
Board
Board
Part number:
Rev. number:
P.O. number:
Date Code:
Serial number:
10-89
show Commands
show system seeprom swp

Purpose
The show system seeprom swp command displays the serial EEPROM configuration on
the switch processor module.
Syntax
show system seemprom swp
Arguments
Example
A500: show system seeprom swp
A500 MAC Address:
0:20:b6:14:de:0
Board Part number:
Board Rev. number:
Board P.O. number:
Board Date Code:
10-90
show Commands
show system seeprom sync

Purpose
The show system seeprom swp command displays the sync card configuration
information.
Syntax
show system seemprom sync
Arguments
Example
A500:show system seeprom sync
Board Part number:
10010121
Board Rev. number:
Board P.O. number:
Board Date Code:

-20
E1
Stratum 3/4
75 ohm
10-91
show Commands
show system stack

Purpose
The show system stack command displays the status of stacked interfaces.
Syntax
show system stack
Arguments
Example
A500:show system stack
IfIndex
Higher
Lower
Status
____________________________________________________________
10-92
show Commands
show time
Purpose
The show time command displays the current system time.
Syntax
show time
Arguments
Example
A500:show time
The current system date is Tuesday, April 6, 1999 2:35:23p
10-93
show Commands
show trapinfo
Purpose
The show trapinfo command displays information about Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP) traps.
Syntax
show trapinfo
Arguments
Example
A500:show trapinfo
Trap Community public
Trap Destination IP address
10-94
192.168.75.22
show Commands
show users
Purpose
The show users command displays the users currently logged in to the Cajun A500.
Syntax
show users
Arguments
Example
A500:show users
Device
Login Name
--------------* 3.1
root
1.1
root
Type
-----Telnet
Direct
From
----------------nnn.n.nnn.nn
--
10-95
show Commands
show version
Purpose
The show version command displays the version of the Cajun A500 images.
Syntax
show version
Arguments
Example
A500: show version
IMAGE VERSIONS
10-96
LoadedImage
----------SWP
Version
Date
--------------- -------3.00
01/04/99
PCMCIAImage
----------PCMCIA:SWP
Version
Date
--------------- -------3.00
01/04/99
FLASH1Image
----------FLASH1:SWP
Version
Date
--------------- -------ACE_100.15
01/04/99
11
sync Commands
Overview
The sync commands execute tasks on the Cajun A500 associated with clock
synchronization.
Subcommands
Command
Description
diag dext
Displays the diagnostic status of external references.
diag dline
Displays diagnostic line status.
diag dprov
Displays diagnostic information related to provisions.
diag dstats
Displays diagnostic statistics.
enable/disable
Enables/disables operation of Sync Card
mode holdover
Changes the Sync Card mode to holdover
mode lock
Changes the Sync Card mode to lock
setsync
Sets sync card parameters
status
Displays sync card status/parameters
11-1
sync Commands
sync diag dext

Purpose
The sync diag dext command displays the diagnostic status of external references
related to the sync card.
Syntax
sync diag dext
Arguments
Example
A500:sync diag dext
11-2
External Reference #1
FRAME:
[0x 0x
E12_DCA:
[0x00d7]
E12_SQ:
[0x 0x
DELTA:
[0x0105]
STATUS:
[0x050a]
MASK:
[0x0805]
Provisioning and Status

- UNKNOWN FRAMING
0x00
0x27
- LOC LOS AIS
0x27
- LOC LOS AIS
0x27
- LOC LOS AIS
External Reference #2
FRAME:
[0x 0x
E12_DCA:
[0x00e5]
E12_SQ:
[0x 0x
DELTA:
[0x0109]
STATUS:
[0x0518]
MASK:
[0x0809]
Provisioning and Status

- UNKNOWN FRAMING
0x00
0x08
- LOF
0x08
- LOF
0x08
- LOF
sync Commands
sync diag dline

Purpose
The sync diag dline command displays diagnostic line status associated with the sync
card.
Syntax
sync diag dline
Arguments
Example
A500:sync diag dline
Line Reference Provisioning and Status
LOREF_D:
[0x010c] 0x00
LOREF_S:
[0x0524] 0xdf
LOREF_DM:
[0x080c] 0x00
Line Reference 1:
Line Reference 2:
LOS
11-3
sync Commands
sync diag dprov

Purpose
The sync diag dprov command displays diagnostic information related to the
provisions related to the sync card.
Syntax
sync diag dprov
Arguments
Example
A500:sync diag dprov
TG Registers - Provisioning
PREDIV:
[0x00aa] 0x0304
MSSEL:
[0x00f1] 0x01
REFSELIN:
[0x00a8] 0x02
DCA:
[0x00a9] 0x1f
MODE:
[0x00bc] 0x02
SETGCTL:
[0x00be] 0x06
11-4
- DMSSM MSS[0x 0]
- PRIMARY_LINE
DLOSY DCAT0 DSETG1L
- FREE RUNNING
- WD_EN RAM_SEL
DSETG2L
DSETG3L
sync Commands
sync diag dstats

Purpose
The sync diag dstats command displays diagnostic information related to the sync
card.
Syntax
sync diag dstats
Arguments
Example
A500:sync diag dstats
TG Registers
TG addr:
Status:
ID/Version:
SAR:
CD1:
CD2:
CE1:
CDM1:
CDM2:
CEM1:
INTCLK_D:
INTCLK_S:
SETGLOL_D:
SETGLOL_S:
WD_SETG3_D:
WD_SETG3_S:
CA_STATE:
- Status
[81000000]
[0x0000] 0x0003 [0x0002] 0x0010 [0x0008] 0xaa55
[0x0020] 0x0000 [0x0022] 0x0000 [0x0040] 0x0000 [0x 0x - SETGLOL
[0x0062] 0xc000 [0x0064] 0x0000 [0x010e] 0x40
[0x0526] 0x00
[0x0111] 0x00
[0x0529] 0x02
[0x010f] 0x00
[0x0527] 0x00
[0x0523] 0x06
-
RDA WBE
ID = 001,
WD_SETG3
Version = 0
INTCLK
MSS
LOSY
DS3SM_CA
FREE RUNNING
11-5
sync Commands
sync enable/disable
Purpose
The sync enable/disable command enables/disables the sync card. The sync enable
command enables the sync card. It forces a reboot to enable the hardware to regain the
proper clock synchronization. The sync disable command forces a reboot to enable the
hardware to regain the proper clock synchronization.
Syntax
sync enable
sync disable
Arguments
Example 1
A500:sync enable
This Function will enable the sync card and
reboot the system
Enabling sync card ...
System Reboot ........
Example 2
A500:sync disable
This Function will disable the sync card and
reboot the system
Disabling sync card ...
System Reboot ........
11-6
sync Commands
sync mode holdover and sync mode lock

Purpose
The sync mode commands enable you to change the mode of the sync card. These
commands issue a command to the sync card to go into either the locked mode or
holdover mode. These commands only issue the command. Use the sync status
command to verify the result of the commands.
Syntax
sync mode holdover
sync mode lock
Arguments
Example 1
A500:sync mode holdover
This Function commands the sync card to go to holdover mode
Successful
Example 2
A500:sync mode lock
This Function commands the sync card to go to locked mode
Successful Sync Card Provisioning
11-7
sync Commands
sync setsync
Purpose
The sync setsync command enables you to set the sync card parameters for the Cajun
A500. After you enter the command, the system displays a set of options. Enter the
parameters you want for each of the options and press Return. The options are:
U Timing Reference Priorities
U External reference Type
U DS1 Framing Type
U Wait Time to Restore
U OCN Port/Line TMG References
Syntax
sync setsync
Arguments
Timing Reference
Priorities
Enter the timing reference priority. The clock reference with the
highest priority is used to lock the timing. In case of failure, the next
highest priority source is used. The valid range is 4 to 0 (4 = highest, 1
= lowest, 0 = disabled).
External Reference Type
Enter the external reference type. This refers to the type of signal
present used for the external references. It can be either DS1 or E1.
Note: These are standard communication terms.
11-8
ODS1 Framing Type
Enter the framing type. This option is based on the type selected for
the external reference type.
DS1--> Can be either SF (superframe) or ESF (extended
superframe).
E1 --> framing or no framing.
Wait Time to Restore
When a higher priority clock reference returns, this is the time to wait
before restoring this clock source as the current reference. This wait
time ensures the source is stable before using it as the clock source.
OCN Port/Line TMG

References
The Primary and Secondary OC-N references are selected from any of
the 32 ports on the Cajun A500.
sync Commands
Example
A500:sync setsync
Sync Card Configuration
Timing Reference Priorities
--------------------------- priority range <0 thru 4> (4 highest, 1 lowest, 0 disable)
Enter the Priorities:
Primary
OC-N [4]:
Secondary OC-N [3]:
Primary
Ext [0]:
Secondary Ext [4]:
External Reference Type
----------------------- for DS1 enter 1, for E1 enter 2
Enter Type[1]:
DS1 Framing Type
---------------- for SF enter 1, for ESF no CRC6 enter 2
Enter Type[1]:
Wait Time To Restore
-------------------- time range entered in seconds
- valid ranges 0,20,60 to 3600, and i for infinite
Enter Time:[20 sec]:
OC-N Port/Line TMG References
------------------ ports range from a1.1 to a4.8
Enter Primary
OC-N Port[A2.1]:
Enter Secondary
OC-N Port[A2.2]:
Successful Sync Card Provisioning
11-9
sync Commands
sync status
Purpose
The sync status command displays status information related to the sync card.
Syntax
sync status
Arguments
Example
A500:sync status
Sync Card Status
---------------Sync Card State: ....
Sync Card:
....
Sync Mode:...........
Current Reference:...
Reference
--------Primary
Secondary
Primary
Secondary
OC-N:
OC-N:
Ext :
Ext :
Enabled
present
Locked
Primary
Status
-----OK
LOS
-LOS
OC-N
Priority
-------4
3
0
4
Framing
-------
DS1 SF
DS1 SF
Wait to Restore Time: ..... 20 seconds

Last Request: ............. TO LOCKED
Primary
OC-N Port: ....... A2.1
Secondary OC-N Port: ....... A2.2
11-10
12
tftp Commands
Overview
The tftp commands enable you to use the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) to
download files and images over the network to the Cajun A500.
Subcommands
Command
Description
get
Transfers a file, using TFTP.
setserver
Sets the IP address of the TFTP server.
status
Displays the status of the TFTP server.
12-1
tftp Commands
tftp get
Purpose
The tftp get command transfers a specified file over the network from the TFTP server
to the Cajun A500.
Syntax
tftp get { file_name } { destination } { IP_address_of_tftp_server }
Arguments
file_name
Specify the name of the file you want to TFTP.
destination
Enter the location where you want to place this file. Possible
values are MAIN:{ file_name }, FLASH1:{ file_name },
FLASH2:{ file_name }, or PCMCIA:{ file_name }.
The value MAIN refers to the manifest section of the file
system (this section contains the Cajun A500 configuration
files).
IP_address_of_tftp_server
Enter the IP address of the TFTP server. Typically, the default

IP address is the correct one, and you only need to press
Return.
Example
A500: tftp get SWP_IMAGE.IMG PCMCIA:SWP_IMAGE.IMG 192.3.11.129
Attempting to TFTP file from host 192.3.11.129
Source: SWP_IMAGE.IMG
Destination: PCMCIA:SWP_IMAGE.IMG
Starting
Server located.
Bytes received: 1062811
Done.
File 'SWP_IMAGE.IMG' - 1062811 bytes - received.
12-2
tftp Commands
tftp setserver
Purpose
The tftp setserver command changes the default TFTP server/host.
Syntax
tftp setserver { server_IP_address }
Arguments
server_IP_address
Specify the IP address of the workstation acting as the TFTP server.
Example
A500:tftp setserver
TFTP Server IP address _ 198.3.111.246
The new address will be used on the next TFTP request.
12-3
tftp Commands
tftp status
Purpose
The tftp status command displays the status of the TFTP process.
Syntax
tftp status
Arguments
Example 1
A500:tftp status
The TFTP process is idle.
Example 2
A500:tftp status
A TFTP is in progress from the main console.
12-4
tftp Commands
12-5
13
miscellaneous Commands
Overview
This chapter includes information on miscellaneous Cajun A500 commands.
Subcommands
Command
Description
conmsg
Controls the display of all or selected console messages.
exec
Executes a script file.
pang
Pings an ATM endstation.
ping
Pings an IP station.
status
Displays the current status of the Cajun A500.
telnet
Enables you to Telnet to a remote A500.
13-1
conmsg
Purpose
The conmsg command controls the display of all or selected console messages that are
commonly used for debugging purposes.
Syntax
conmsg { consmsgID | v | q
Arguments
consmsgID | v | q
Specify which messages to display or suppress.

v(erbose) specifies that you want all console messages displayed.
q(uiet) specifies that you want no console messages displayed.
Enter a + and the message number to display a particular
message.
Enter a - and the message number to suppress the display of a
particular message.
Instructions:
1. Enter the following at the A500: prompt to turn all console messages off, then
press Return: conmsg q
2. Enter the following at the A500: prompt to turn all console messages on, then
press Return: conmsg v
3. Enter the following at the A500: prompt to turn specific console messages off,
then press Return: conmsg -msg#
4. For example, to turn off only console message 5, type conmsg -5. To turn off
console messages 5 and 10, then enter conmsg -5, -10.
5. Enter the following at the A500: prompt to turn specific console messages on,
then press Return: conmsg +msg#
6. For example, to turn on only console message 5, type conmsg +5. To turn on
console messages 5 and 10, then enter conmsg +5, +10.
13-2
exec
Purpose
The exec command executes a script in the Cajun A500.
Syntax
exec { file_name }
Arguments
file_name
Specify the file name of the script.
Example
If this command executes successfully, it returns output appropriate to the commands
supplied in the script file.
13-3
pang
Purpose
The pang command is the equivalent of the ping command, only over ATM. This
command enables you to establish a Switched Virtual Connection (SVC) to another ATM
station. It is used to verify that the given station is reachable from the local switch
through the ATM cloud. You can use the pang command only over SPF links to
another Cajun A500.
Syntax
pang { IP Address }
Arguments
IP Address
Enter the IP address of the endstation or switch you want to pang.
Example
A500: pang 198.3.108.153
Attempting to ATM ping 198.3.108.153
ATM Ping: Success...
13-4
ping
Purpose
The ping command enables you to ping an IP endstation. This enables you to determine
if a device is available over the network.
Syntax
ping { IP Address }
Arguments
IP Address
Enter the IP address of the endstation or switch you want to ping.
Example
A500:ping 198.3.104.45
ping 198.3.104.45.......
120 bytes from 198.3.104.45:
120 bytes from 198.3.104.45:
120 bytes from 198.3.104.45:
120 bytes from 198.3.104.45:
120 bytes from 198.3.104.45:
seq=0,
seq=1,
seq=2,
seq=3,
seq=4,
1
1
1
0
1
ticks
ticks
ticks
ticks
ticks
---- PING Statistics ---5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received
13-5
status
Purpose
The status command displays the current status of the Cajun A500. This provides
information regarding the configuration of the system and the network.
Syntax
status
Arguments
Example
A500:status
System Status
A500 ATM Switch Software 3.0
Copyright 1996, 1997 Lucent Technologies
Built Mon Jan 4 15:13:56 EST 1999
__________________________________________________
System name
-- A500
System time/date
-- Monday, January 4, 1999 4:27:30p
System Uptime
-- hours 1,
-- minutes 5,
-- seconds 34
Ethernet IP address
-- 192.168.75.36
Ethernet IP mask
-- 255.255.255.0
Ethernet MAC address
-- 00:20:b6:17:1a:00
In-band IP address
-- 10.1.1.36
In-band IP mask
-- 255.0.0.0
In-band MAC address
-- 00:20:b6:17:1a:01
In-band Mode
-- Static-IP Client
PPP IP address
-- 192.168.55.1
Default IP gateway
-- 192.168.75.240
TFTP server
-- 0.0.0.0
ATM address
-- 39.0000.000000000000C0A84B24.0020B6171A00.00
13-6
Output Description
Field
13-7
Description
Values
System name
The name of the Cajun A500.
Variable
System
time/date
The current date and time.
Variable
System Uptime
The number of minutes and seconds that the Cajun

A500 has been operational.
Variable
Ethernet/LEC
IP address
The IP address of the Cajun A500.
Any valid IP address
Ethernet/LEC
IP mask
The IP mask associated with the Cajun A500; each

Cajun A500 must have an IP mask, and it must be
unique throughout the Cajun A500 network.
Any valid IP mask
IP default
router
The IP address of the router connected to the Cajun

A500 network.
TFTP server
The IP address of the TFTP server workstation.
base MAC
address
The MAC address of the Cajun A500 system.
A valid MAC
address
ATM address
The ATM address of the Cajun A500.
A valid ATM address
telnet
Purpose
The telnet command enables you to telnet to a remote Cajun A500.
Syntax
telnet { ip address }
Arguments
IP Address
Enter the IP address of the remote switch you want to telnet to.
Example
A500:telnet 198.3.104.45
.
Connected
Greyhound
A500 System Console
(c) 1999 Lucent Technologies
login:
13-8
13-9
A
Table of Events and Alarms
Overview
Each Cajun A500 has its own log of events and alarms. This log can store up to 50
alarms. When the maximum number is reached, each new event or alarm will over
write the oldest alarm or event in the log. The following sections explain how to access,
acknowledge, and clear events and alarms.
Managing Alarms
Alarms are critical messages that may require you to take an action. When the system
generates an alarm, it is displayed on the screen whenever you press the Return key.
When you log into the console, any alarms that have not been acknowledged display on
the screen. You can press any key to acknowledge the alarm(s).
Event and Alarm Messages

The following is a list of each event and alarm, along with a possible cause and proposed
remedy for alarms. The list of alarms includes the alarm number.
U - = Possible cause of the event
U
> = Proposed remedy
Table 1-1. Events
Events
Events
Possible Cause/Remedy
Status Only: No Action Required
Number
N/A
Succeeded fetching configuration files Status Only: No Action Required
--
Power supplies OK
--
Fan recovered
--
Voltage OK
--
Temperature OK
--
A-1
Table 1-1. Events
Events
Number
TFTP server not set
--
TFTP server set
--
System alarms cleared
--
New notifyrc processed
--
New SNMP files processed
--
Event log cleared
--
SPF bringing down neighbor due to

time out
--
Table 1-2. Alarms
Alarms
Failed to fetch configuration files
Number
0
-No TFTP server set:

>Use tftp setserver to set address.
-TFTP files do not reside on TFTP server.
>Connection problems to tftp server:
>Verify server connection.
No IP address set at boot
-No Cajun A500 IP address set.

>Use admin address and reboot.
IP configuration problems detected at -Address not compatible with mask:

boot
-Default gateway set to different subnet than IP
address.
1
2
-No IP mask set:

>Use status command and then set correctly.
Power Supply failure
-An active supply has been unplugged/shut off:
>Check power to supply.

-One of the active supplies has been removed from
the chassis:
>Insert power supply.
-One of the active power supplies has failed:
>Replace faulty supply.
Fan failure
-A system fan is no longer functional:
>Inspect the fans and replace faulty units.

Check voltage
-System voltage is not within acceptable range:
>Use show system configuration command to

inspect voltage. Connect unit to conforming outlet.
A-2
Table 1-2. Alarms
Alarms
Number
Check temperature
-System temperature is not within acceptable range: 6

>Use show system configuration command to
inspect temperature. Adjust the A500s
environment, enabling the temperature to remain in
the acceptable range.
Rapid endstation move detected
Board Added
24
Board Removed
25
Sync Card Entered LOCKED Mode
28
Sync Card Entered HOLDOVER

Mode
29
Sync Card Entered FREE Mode
30
Switch Queue Threshold Exceeded
- Output port is receiving more cells than it cab

31
transmit, probably due to a burst of UBR traffic.
> Modify the switch configuration so traffic is routed
through another output port.
A-3
A-4
Glossary
ACM - ATM Connection

Manager
A software entity within each device that is responsible for setting up

and maintaining ATM virtual channel connections.
Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP)
A protocol used to map 32-bit IP addresses into 48-bit Ethernet

addresses. Conforms to RFC 826.
Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM)
A high-speed, connection-oriented switching and multiplexing

technology that uses 53-byte cells (5-byte header, 48-byte payload) to
transmit different types of traffic simultaneously, including voice,
video, and data. It is asynchronous in that information streams can be
sent independently without a common clock.
ATM Adaptation Layer

(AAL)
A set of four standard protocols that translate user traffic from the
higher layers of the protocol stack into a size and format that can be
contained in the payload of an ATM cell and return it to its original
form at the destination. Each AAL consists of two sublayers: the
Segmentation And Reassembly (SAR) sublayer and the convergence
sublayer. Each is geared to a particular class of traffic, with specific
characteristics concerning delay and cell loss. All AAL functions occur
at the ATM endstation rather than at the switch.
AAL 1 addresses CBR (Constant Bit Rate) traffic, such as digital voice
and video and is used for applications that are sensitive to both cell
loss and delay and to emulate conventional leased lines. It requires an
additional byte of header information for sequence numbering,
leaving 47 bytes for payload.
AAL 2 is used with time-sensitive VBR (Variable Bit Rate) traffic, such
as packetized voice. It allows ATM cells to be transmitted before the
payload is full to accommodate an applications timing requirements.
The AAL 2 specification has not been completed by the ATM Forum.
AAL 3/4 handles bursty connection-oriented traffic, like error
messages, or variable rate connectionless traffic, such as LAN file
transfers. It is intended for traffic that can tolerate delay but not cell
loss. To ensure that cell loss is kept to a minimum, AAL 3/4 performs
error detection on each cell and uses a sophisticated error-checking
mechanism that consumes four (4) bytes of each 48-byte payload.
AAL 3/4 allows ATM cells to be multiplexed.
Gl-1
Glossary
ATM Adaptation Layer

(AAL) continued
AAL 5 accommodates bursty LAN data traffic with less overhead than
AAL 3/4. Also known as the Simple And Efficient Adaptation Layer
(SEAL), AAL 5 uses a conventional five-byte header. It does not
support cell multiplexing.
ATM Address
Consists of 20 bytes. Addressing is hierarchical, as in a phone network,

using prefixes similar to area codes and exchanges. ATM switches
share address information with attached endstations and maintain
endstation addresses in routing tables.
ATM Address Resolution

Protocol (ATMARP)
Maps IP addresses to ATM hardware addresses. The process works in

much the same way as conventional ARP works when mapping
network-layer addresses to addresses at the MAC (Media Access
Control) layer.
ATM Forum
Organization that develops and defines ATM standards. Principal

members participate in committees and vote on specifications.
ATM Forum LAN

Emulation
Provides connectivity between LAN-attached endstations and devices,

and ATM-attached endstations and devices.
Authenticator
The end of the link requiring the authentication. The authenticator

specifies the authentication protocol to be used in the
Configure-Request during Link Establishment phase.
Available Bit Rate (ABR)
A class of service in which the ATM network makes a best effort to

meet the traffics bit-rate requirements. ABR requires the transmitting
endstation to assume responsibility for data that cannot get through,
and does not guarantee delivery.
Bandwidth
The difference in Hertz (Hz) between the highest and lowest

frequencies of a transmission channel. Usually identifies the amount
of data that can be sent through a given circuit.
Best Effort
A Quality of Service (QoS) class in which no traffic parameters are

specified and no guarantee is given that traffic will be delivered. ATMs
Available Bit Rate (ABR) and Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) are both
best effort services.
BOOTP
The IETFs boot protocol that lets an IP endstation acquire its IP

address and boot file from a server. Defined by RFC 951.
BOOTP Relay Agent
A software entity within each device that captures BOOTP requests

and responses, and forwards them appropriately. Defined by RFC
1532.
Broadcast Frame
An Ethernet frame transmitted with a broadcast destination address; it

is intended to be received by all endstations. In this documentation, a
broadcast frame is considered a multicast frame.
Broadcast and Unknown

Server (BUS)
Handles data sent by a LAN Emulation Client (LEC) to the broadcast

MAC address. This includes all multicast traffic, and initial unicast
frames that are sent by a LAN emulation client before the data direct
target ATM address is resolved (before a data direct VCC is
established).
Cell
An ATM cell consists of 53 bytes or octets. Of these, five constitute

the header; the remaining 48 carry the data payload.
Gl-2
Glossary
Cell Loss Priority (CLP)

Field
A priority bit in the cell header. When set, it indicates that the cell can
be discarded, if necessary.
Challenge-Handshake
Authentication Protocol
(CHAP)
The Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) is used to

periodically verify the identity of the peer using a 3-way handshake.
This is done upon initial link establishment, and MAY be repeated
anytime after the link has been established.
Classical IP and ARP over

ATM (CLIP)
An adaptation of TCP/IP and its Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) for

ATM, defined by the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) in RFCs
(Requests for Comments) 1483 and 1577. It places IP packets and ARP
requests directly into PDUs (Protocol Data Units) and converts them
into ATM cells. Classical IP does not recognize conventional MAC layer
protocols such as Ethernet or Token Ring.
Command Line Interface

(CLI)
Character-based command line interface.
Common Part
Convergence Sublayer
(CPCS)
The portion of the convergence sublayer of an AAL that remains the

same, regardless of the type of traffic.
Connection Admission
Control (CAC)
Two mechanisms used to control the setup of virtual circuits.

Overbooking, which allows one connection to exceed permissible
traffic limits, assumes that other active connections are not using the
maximum available resources. Full booking limits network access,
once maximum resources are committed, and only adds connections
that specify acceptable traffic parameters.
Console Interface
The local RS-232 ASCII interface on each Cajun A500 unit.
Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
Digital information, such as video and digitized voice, that must be

represented by a continuous stream of bits. CBR traffic requires
guaranteed throughput rates and service levels.
Cyclic Redundancy Check

(CRC)
A mathematical algorithm that computes a numerical value based on

the bits contained in a block of data.
Device Type
Model of the Cajun A500.
Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol
(DHCP)
A superset of the BOOTP protocol. The two major
Emulated LAN (ELAN)
A collection of ATM endstations assigned to a particular virtual LAN.
Endstation
A MAC-level entity that is the source or destination of an Ethernet

frame.
Endstation Identifier
(ESI)
Endstation identifier.
ESID
LAN Emulation Client (LEC) endstation ID.
differences between DHCP and BOOTP are:

1) DHCP defines mechanisms through which clients can be assigned a
network address for a fixed lease, allowing for serial reassignment of
network addresses to different clients.
2) DHCP provides the mechanism for a client to acquire all of the IP
configuration parameters that it needs to operate. Defined by RFC
1531.
Gl-3
Glossary
Ethertype
A 16-bit identifier carried within an Ethernet frame to uniquely

identify its protocol type.
Event Log Browser
Displays network events from a file generated by the ATMman

daemon (atmmand).
Flash Memory
Non-volatile random access memory that can be written to and read

from.
Flood Frame
A unicast frame sent to all devices in the network; it is intended for an

endstation whose physical location has yet to be learned.
Generic Flow Control

(GFC) Field
Four priority bits in an ATM header. The default setting (four zeros)
indicates that the cell is uncontrolled, meaning that it does not take
precedence over another cell when contending for a virtual circuit.
Setting any of the bits in the GFC field tells the target endstation that
the switch can implement some form of congestion control. The
endstation echoes this bit back to the switch to confirm that it can set
priorities. The switch and endstation can use the GFC field to prioritize
voice over video, for example, or indicate that both voice and video
take precedence over other types of data.
Header
The five bytes in an ATM cell that supply addressing and control
information, including generic flow control, virtual path identifier,
virtual circuit identifier, payload type, and cell-loss priority.
Header Error Control

(HEC)
The last one-byte field in an ATM cells five-byte header. The HEC field
contains information that is used to detect and correct errors in the
cell header. These types of errors are likely to corrupt addressing fields,
causing the network to deliver the cell to the wrong destination or
drop the cell and request retransmission.
Internet Engineering Task

Force (IETF)
The technical organization that establishes specifications and standards

for the Internet.
Internet Group
Management Protocol
(IGMP)
A protocol that allows the network to locate group members via

querying. Also enables endstations to join and leave the multicast
group.
Interim Interswitch
Protocol (IISP)
A signaling protocol that allows inter-switch connectivity in private

networks, in a multivendor environment.
Interim Local
Management Interface
(ILMI)
Supports bidirectional exchange of management information between

UNI Management Entities (UMEs) related to UNI ATM layer and
physical layer parameters.
IPmc
IP multicast is a set of IETF specifications that support user-defined

multicast groups.
LAN Emulation (LANE)
An ATM Forum method for bridging Ethernet and Token Ring traffic
over ATM, to provide multivendor networking. LANE defines a
standard interface between edge devices and the ATM backbone.
LANE operates at layer-2 of the OSI model, and supports all LAN
protocols.
LAN Emulation Client

(LEC)
Allows communication from endstations directly to the device to

participate in LANE with ATM-connected devices.
Gl-4
Glossary
LAN Emulation
Configuration Server
(LECS)
Gives a LEC its configuration parameters at the beginning of LANE

participation. Also provides predefined values for all configuration
parameters.
LAN Emulation Server

(LES)
Registers (learns) LANE-connected endstations. Also resolves MAC

addresses to ATM addresses.
LAN Emulation
Network-to-Network
Interface (LNNI)
Enables one vendors implementation of LAN emulation to work with

anothers. This specification is essential for building multivendor ATM
networks and is currently under development at the ATM Forum.
LAN Emulation User

Network Interface (LUNI)
Defines how legacy LAN applications and protocols work with ATM.
Currently in development at the ATM Forum, LUNI adapts layer-2
LAN packets to AAL 5 PDUs, which can then be divided into cells.
LUNI uses a client-server architecture to resolve LAN-to-ATM
addresses. A LAN Emulation Client (LEC) resides in each
ATM-attached device; a LAN Emulation Server (LES) and Broadcast
and Unknown Server (BUS) reside anywhere on the ATM network.
Link
A point-to-point duplex cable connection between two ATM cell

switch ports. A links ATM switch port is specified by its Cajun A500s
IP host name and port number.
Link Control Protocol

(LCP)
Establishes, configures, and tests the data-link connection.
Local Service
Advertisement Protocol
(LSAP)
The local protocol for publicizing the current network address of

available services.
Maximum Burst Size

(MBS)
A traffic parameter that specifies the maximum number of cells that

can be transmitted at ATMs Peak Cell Rate (PCR). Maximum burst
size is a key measurement in capacity planning and network
management.
Medium Access Control

(MAC)
A sublayer of the data link layer, as defined by the IEEE 802

committee, which defines frame format and media access procedures
for a particular type of LAN.
Management Information
Base (MIB)
A database of information on managed objects in the Cajun A500 unit

that can be accessed via the SNMP network management protocol.
Multicast Frame
An Ethernet frame transmitted with a multicast destination address; it

is intended to be received by one or more endstations. In this
documentation, a broadcast frame is considered a multicast frame.
Multiprotocol
Encapsulation Over ATM
Enables higher-layer protocols, such as IP or IPX, to be routed over

ATM by enabling an ATM-aware device or application to add a
standard protocol identifier to LAN data.
Multiprotocol Over ATM

(MPOA)
A proposed ATM Forum specification that defines how ATM traffic is

routed from one virtual LAN to another. MPOA is key to making LAN
emulation, Classical IP over ATM, and proprietary virtual LAN
schemes interoperate in a multiprotocol environment.
Network Control
Protocols (NCPs)
Establishes and configures different network-layer protocols.
Gl-5
Glossary
Network Interworking
A method of connecting two frame relay devices over an ATM

backbone network. In network interworking, ATM devices are
essentially pass-through devices; all frame relay header and payload
data is preserved as is. This is in contrast to service interworking,
where protocol conversion is used to connect frame relay and ATM
networks. Network interworking is defined in the Frame Relay
Forums FRF.5 spec and is recognized by the ATM Forum.
Network Service Access

Point (NSAP)
An OSI format defining a 20-byte format network address; also used

in ATM networks. Current ATM specifications define the International
Telecommunication Unions E.164 standard for public networks and
NSAP for private networks, but some ATM users and vendors want to
standardize on NSAP addresses for all devices. The NSAP format
includes a 13-byte address prefix that can be used to describe a specific
location (including country, area, and end system).
Network-to-Network
Interface (NNI)
Interface between ATM network nodes (switches) defined in the ATM

Forums UNI (User Network Interface).
OAM
Operations Administration and Maintenance (OAM).
Optical Carrier (OC-n)
Fundamental unit of the SONET (Synchronous Optical Network)

hierarchy. OC indicates an optical signal and n represents increments
of 51.84 Mbits. Thus, OC-1, OC-3, and OC-12 equal optical signals of
51, 155,and 622 Mbits, respectively.
Organization Unique
Identifier (OUI)
The most significant 24-bits of an endstations MAC address; contains

the vendor ID name assigned by the IEEE.
Password Authentication
Protocol (PAP)
The Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) provides a simple

method for the peer to establish its identity using a 2-way handshake.
This is done only upon initial link establishment.
Partition
A physical subdivision of a virtual LAN; it is specified by the

assignment of LAN segments.
Payload
Information portion of an ATM cell, exclusive of header. ATM cells

typically have 48-byte payloads, but size can vary, depending upon
data type.
Peak Cell Rate (PCR)
The maximum rate at which cells can be transmitted across a virtual

circuit, specified in cells per second and defined by the interval
between the transmission of the last bit of one cell and the first bit of
the next.
Peer
The other end of the point-to-point link; the end which is being
authenticated by the authenticator.
Permanent Virtual Circuit

(PVC)
A virtual link with fixed end-points that are defined by the network
manager. A single virtual path may support multiple PVCs.
Physical Layer
Convergence Protocol
(PLCP)
A protocol specified within the TC sublayer that defines how cells are
formatted within a data stream for a particular transmission facility,
such as T1, T3, or OC-n.
Gl-6
Glossary
Physical Layer (PHY)
The bottom layer of the ATM protocol stack, which defines the
interface between ATM traffic and the physical media. The PHY
consists of two sublayers: the Physical Medium-Dependent (PMD)
sublayer and the Transmission Convergency (TC) sublayer.
Policy
A set of rules that control an endstations access to other segments in

the backbone network.
Point to Point Protocol

(PPP)
A protocol used to exchange IP frames (and others) over a serial link.

The Point-to-Point Protocol is designed for simple links which
transport packets between two peers. These links provide full-duplex
simultaneous bi-directional operation, and are assumed to deliver
packets in order.
Private
Network-to-Network
Interface (PNNI)
A routing information protocol that allows different vendors ATM

switches to be integrated in the same network. PNNI automatically
and dynamically distributes routing information, enabling any switch
to determine a path to any other switch.
Protocol Data Unit (PDU)
A discrete piece of information (such as a packet or frame) in the

appropriate format to be segmented and encapsulated in the payload
of an ATM cell.
Protocol Type
A field in an Ethernet frame that specifies the network-layer protocol

being used in the frame.
Quality of Service (QoS)

Classes
Consists of the following five broad categories outlined by the ATM

Forum:
Class 1 specifies performance requirements and indicates that
ATMs quality of service should be comparable with the service
offered by standard digital connections.
Class 2 specifies necessary service levels for packetized video and
voice.
Class 3 defines requirements for inter-operability with other
connection-oriented protocols, particularly Frame Relay.
Class 4 specifies inter-operability requirements for connectionless
protocols, including IP, IPX, and SMDS (Switched Multimegabit
Data Service).
Class 5 is effectively a best effort attempt at delivery; it is
intended for applications that do not require a particular class of
service.
Reverse Address
Resolution Protocol
(RARP)
A protocol defined by RFC 903 that allows an endstation to acquire its

IP address from a server attached to the local segment.
Segment
An Ethernet connection with one or more endstations attached to it,

or an ATM link to an endstation operating as an ATM Forum LAN
Emulation client. A segment is specified by its devices IP host name
and port number.
Segmentation and
Reassembly (SAR)
Sublayer
Converts PDUs into appropriate lengths and formats them to fit the
payload of an ATM cell. At the destination endstation, SAR extracts
the payloads from the cells and converts them back into PDUs, which
can be used by applications higher up the protocol stack.
Gl-7
Glossary
Segmentation and
Reassembly Protocol Data
Unit (SAR-PDU)
Information that has passed through SAR and been loaded into ATM
cells, ready to be forwarded to the TC sublayer of the ATM physical
layer for actual transmission.
Shortest Path First

Algorithm (SPF)
A routing algorithm used to determine the shortest or lowest cost path

between two endpoints in a network.
Signaling
The standard process used to establish ATM point-to-point,

point-to-multipoint, and multipoint-to-multipoint connections.
Signaling ATM
Adaptation Layer (SAAL)
Resides between the ATM layer and the Q.2931 function. The SAAL
provides reliable transport of Q.2931 messages between Q.2931
entities (ATM switch and host, for example) over the ATM layer.
SAAL contains two sublayers: common part and service-specific part.
Simple Network
Management Protocol
(SNMP)
An application protocol between an SNMP management application

and an SNMP agent; it is based on the IP protocol.
SNMP Community String
A password that is included with each packet sent by an SNMP

management station to an SNMP agent. The community string
controls both the visibility and changeability of various portions of an
SNMP agent's MIB.
SNMPv2
The IETFs latest version of the Simple Network Management Protocol

(SNMP) which adds new features including acknowledge traps and
secure sets.
Subnet
A logical subdivision within the IP internetwork architecture.
Subnet Mask
A 32-bit quantity indicating which of the least significant bits in an IP

address is to be used to identify the host ID portion of the address.
Subnetwork
A logical subdivision of a network protocols internetwork

architecture, such as an IP subnet, IPX network, or DECnet area.
Sustainable Cell Rate

(SCR)
Maximum throughput that bursty traffic can achieve within a given

virtual circuit without risking cell loss.
Switched Virtual Circuit

(SVC)
A virtual link, with variable endpoints, established through an ATM

network. With an SVC, the user defines the endpoints when the call is
initiated; with a PVC, the endpoints are predefined by the network
manager. A single virtual path may support multiple SVCs.
T1
A digital transmission service with a basic data rate of 1.544 Mbits per
second.
T3
A digital transmission service with a basic data rate of 44.736 Mbits

per second for transport of 28 T1 circuits.
Transmission
Convergence (TC)
Sublayer
Part of the ATM physical layer, it defines a protocol for preparing cells
for transmission across the physical media defined by the Physical
Media-dependent (PMD) sublayer. The function of the TC sublayer
differs according to physical medium.
Trivial File Transfer

Protocol (TFTP)
IETFs file transfer protocol, which transfers files using UDP

datagrams.
Gl-8
Glossary
User Network Interface

(UNI)
An interface point between ATM end users and a private ATM switch,
or between a private ATM switch and the public carrier ATM network;
defined by physical and protocol specifications per ATM Forum UNI
documents. The standard adopted by the ATM Forum to define
connections between user or endstations and a local switch.
Unicast frame
An Ethernet frame transmitted with a single destination address; it is

intended to be received by a single destination.
Unspecified Bit Rate

(UBR)
An ATM service category that does not specify traffic-related service

guarantees. UBR does not include the notion of a per-connection
negotiated bandwidth. No numerical commitments are made with
respect to the cell loss ratio experienced by a UBR connection, or as to
the cell transfer delay experienced by cells on the connection.
Variable Bit Rate (VBR)
Information that can be represented digitally by groups of bits (as

opposed to streams) is characterized by a variable bit rate. Most data
applications generate VBR traffic, which can tolerate delays and
fluctuating throughput.
Virtual Channel
A defined route between two endpoints in an ATM network that may

traverse several virtual paths.
Virtual Channel
Connection (VCC)
The end-to-end connection, either point-to-point or

point-to-multipoint, between two endstations. Consists of one or
more Virtual Channels (VCs) concatenated together.
Virtual Channel Identifier

(VCI)
A 16-bit identifier in each ATM cell header that identifies the virtual
connection associated with the cell. Each VCI value has local
significance to only one ATM port in an Cajun A500.
Virtual Circuit (VC)
A portion of a virtual path or virtual channel that is used to establish a

single virtual connection between two endpoints.
Virtual Ethernet (VE)
A non-physical Ethernet connection created by the network between

an
Cajun A500 and an endstation, based on the endstation ID
and the Cajun A500 node name.
Virtual Network
A network paradigm that interconnects users based on relationships

instead of physical location. Physically consists of one or more virtual
switches and all attached endstations. Logically consists of one or
more virtual LANs.
Virtual Path
A group of virtual channels that can support multiple virtual circuits.
Virtual Path Identifier

(VPI)
An 8-bit identifier in each ATM cell header that identifies the virtual
path associated with the cell. Each virtual path can support up to 64K
virtual channels.
Virtual Segment
Part of a network that also consists of Virtual LANs (VLANs).
Gl-9
Glossary
Gl-10
Index
Symbols
2-way handshake 1 - 20
3-way handshake 1 - 20
A
A500
alarms A - 1
A500 ATM network
limit of LNS links 3 - 1
access
disabling link/segment 6 - 10
accounts
types 6 - 22
ACM - ATM Connection Manager Gl - 1
adding
end station identifiers 6 - 27
ESIs 6 - 27
static IP clients 3 - 11
static IP server 3 - 11
virtual channels 3 - 7
address
info
viewing 4 - 4
addresses
changing 2 - 7
not on the same subnet 1 - 16
admin commands
signaling esi remove 6 - 28
admin ack_alarms 6 - 4
admin address 6 - 5
admin changeboot 6 - 7
admin changename 6 - 6
admin changeprompt 6 - 8
admin contact 6 - 9
admin downInterface 6 - 10
admin gateway 6 - 11
admin guestpasswd 6 - 12
admin inband address 6 - 13
admin interface 6 - 14
admin link_type 6 - 15
admin location 6 - 17
admin nvram backup 6 - 18
admin nvram defragment 6 - 19
admin nvram reset 6 - 20
admin nvram restore 6 - 21
admin passwd 6 - 22
admin peergroupid 6 - 23
admin pnnilevel 6 - 24
admin readcommunity 6 - 26
admin reboot 6 - 25
admin signaling route add 6 - 29
admin signaling route remove 6 - 30
admin static_ip add_client 6 - 34
admin static_ip disable 6 - 33
admin static_ip enable_client 6 - 31
admin static_ip enable_server 6 - 32
admin static_ip rem_client 6 - 35
admin static_ip set_server 6 - 36
admin switch cdvt 6 - 37
admin switch epd 6 - 38
admin switch epd threshold 6 - 39
admin switch maxvci 6 - 42
admin switch queue capacity 6 - 40
admin switch queue global 6 - 41
admin telnetflag 6 - 43
admin time 6 - 47
admin trapcommunity 6 - 44
admin trapdestination 6 - 45
admin upInterface 6 - 46
admin writecommunity 6 - 48
admin zeroerrs 6 - 49
admin zeroEtherstats 6 - 50
admin zeroSarstats 6 - 51
signaling esi add 6 - 27
admin commands
list of for A500 6 - 1
admin status
displaying 10 - 83
admin zeroSonetstats 6 - 52
alarms
displaying 10 - 75
list of A - 1
managing A - 1
system
viewing 4 - 4
AppleTalk 1 - 14
application data from PN 1 - 21
applications
able to run over PPP 1 - 14
ARP - Address Resolution Protocol Gl - 1
ascii configuration file 4 - 1
assigning
Index 1
IP address 2 - 8
IP mask 2 - 8
Async buffer 1 - 21
Async buffer pool 1 - 21
Asynchronous Transfer Mode 1 - 1
ATM Gl - 1
ATM Adaptation Layer (AAL) Gl - 1
ATM Address Gl - 2
ATM address
generating 8 - 10
ATM Address Resolution Protocol (ATMARP) Gl - 2
ATM attached servers 1 - 1
ATM cells 1 - 5
ATM Forum Gl - 2
ATM Forum LAN Emulation Gl - 2
ATM link
bringing it down using the CLI 3 - 3
ATM link type configuration
displaying 10 - 10
ATM port
bring it up using the Web Agent 3 - 4
bringing it down using the Web Agent 3 - 3
ATM port configuration
modifying 3 - 3
ATM switches 2, 1 - 1
ATM technology xxvii
ATM UNI 1 - 2
authentication
PPP 1 - 14
authentication method 1 - 20
Authentication Protocol 1 - 19
authenticator 1 - 20
Authority and Format Identifier 8 - 10
Auto Answer
modem 1 - 16
Auto Mode
configuration 3 - 3
Available Bit Rate (ABR) Gl - 2
Broadcast Frame Gl - 2
browser
default password 2 - 1
default user name 2 - 1
logging in 2 - 1
starting 2 - 1
browsers 2 - 1
busy Virtual Connection Identifiers (VCI)
displaying 10 - 65
Cajun A500
calling into 1 - 14
configuring 3 - 1
resetting 4 - 2
Web Agent 2 - 1
Cajun A500 console
accessing 5 - 2
Cajun A500 Manager
accessing the CLI 5 - 2
Cajun A500 Software Architecture
figure 1 - 3
Call Control processing
description 1 - 6
cause code descriptions
displaying 10 - 40
cause codes
viewing 4 - 6
Cell Gl - 2
cell
statistics 4 - 5
cell capacity
for a specified global queue 6 - 41
setting 6 - 40
cell delay variation tolerance
displaying 10 - 66
Cell Loss Priority (CLP) Field Gl - 3
cell statistics
displaying 4 - 5, 10 - 53
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)
backing up
NVRAM 6 - 18
Bandwidth Gl - 2
base assembly configuration
displaying 10 - 85
Best Effort Gl - 2
boot source
setting 6 - 7
BOOTP Gl - 2
BOOTP Relay Agent Gl - 2
bridging 1 - 8
broadband transport 1 - 1
Broadcast and Unknown Server (BUS Gl - 2
challenge message 1 - 20
Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP)
1 - 20, Gl - 3
challenges 1 - 20
changing
guest-user password 6 - 12
passwords 6 - 22
system prompts 6 - 8
TFTP server/host 12 - 3
CHAP
initial link establishment 1 - 20
Link Establishment 1 - 20
Index 2
1 - 19
chassis assembly configuration

displaying 10 - 87
chassis monitor task 1 - 4
chat special character codes
table of 1 - 17
circular buffers
displaying contents 10 - 6
Classical IP and ARP over ATM Gl - 3
clearing
NVRAM contents
NVRAM
clearing contents 6 - 20
CLI
editing options 5 - 4
entry conventions 5 - 5
format 5 - 4
prompts 5 - 5
syntax conventions 5 - 4
syntax structure 5 - 5
using a "?" 5 - 2
CLI editing commands
table of 5 - 4
client info
static IP 4 - 8
clients
static IP 3 - 11
clock sync
info
viewing 4 - 10
clock synchronization
configuring 3 - 14
command line
using "?" 5 - 2
Command Line Interface (CLI) Gl - 3
command line sequence 5 - 2
commands
admin 5 - 1
exec 5 - 1
file 5 - 1
help 5 - 1
modify 5 - 1
pang 5 - 1
ping 5 - 1
show 5 - 1
tftp 5 - 1
using a ? 5 - 2
using a short form 5 - 3
Common Part Convergence Sublayer (CPCS) Gl - 3
components
status of 10 - 77
configuration
LEC 4 - 7
static IP 3 - 10
configuration commands
saving 4 - 1
configuration files
tftping 5 - 7
configuration parameters
saving and restoring 4 - 1
configuring
clock synchronization 3 - 14
LAN Emulation Client (LEC) 3 - 9
link type 3 - 3
link types 3 - 2
local and peer addresses 1 - 16
OAM 3 - 13
permanent virtual circuits 3 - 7
PNNI 3 - 11
PPP 3 - 12
PPP authentication 3 - 12
PPP modem scripts 3 - 13
static IP 3 - 9
static routes 3 - 5
static routes through a network 3 - 4
the Cajun A500 3 - 1
Connection Admission Control (CAC) Gl - 3
console commands
table of command types 5 - 1
Console Interface Gl - 3
console messages
displaying 13 - 2
console task 1 - 4
consolerc 4 - 1
consolerc file
reading 4 - 1
consolerc file
creating 7 - 5
Constant Bit Rate (CBR) Gl - 3
contacing Lucent xxix
conventions xxviii
crash log information
displaying 10 - 81
creating
virtual paths 8 - 6, 8 - 8
current state
of media 10 - 83
current type
of media 10 - 83
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Gl - 3
D
data and control flow 1 - 5
Date field 2 - 7
DECnet 1 - 14
Index 3
dedicated links 1 - 19
default
password 2 - 1
super user name 2 - 1
default gateway
when to use 1 - 16
defrag
NVRAM 6 - 19
deleting
end station identifiers 6 - 28
ESIs 6 - 28
files 7 - 11
PVCs
using the CLI 3 - 8

static route emulating ILMI protocol 3 - 5
static routes 3 - 5
virtual paths 3 - 8
Designated A500 1 - 7
Device Type Gl - 3
dial in mode 1 - 19
dial out 1 - 19
dialin channel
disabling 1 - 16
dialin connection 1 - 19
dialin link 1 - 19
dialout script
ABORT 1 - 17
changing 1 - 17
TIMEOUT 1 - 17
dialstrings
modem 1 - 16
dialup lines 1 - 19
disabling
dialin channel 1 - 16
displaying
alarms 10 - 75
trap info 10 - 94
document conventions xxviii
documentation
feedback xxvii
online xxvii
documentation feedback xxvii
drivers
Ethernet 1 - 3
SAR 1 - 3
switch 1 - 4
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Gl - 3
E
editing files 7 - 6
Emulated LAN (ELAN) Gl - 3
encapsulating datagrams 1 - 14
Index 4
end station identifier

adding 6 - 27
deleting 6 - 28
End Station Identifier (ESI)
adding 6 - 27
deleting
deleting
ESIs 6 - 28
Endstation Gl - 3
Endstation Identifier (ESI) Gl - 3
entry conventions
CLI 5 - 5
erasing file content 7 - 7
error attacks 1 - 20
error counts
resetting 6 - 49
resetting to zero 6 - 49
ESID Gl - 3
ESIs
adding 6 - 27
deleting 6 - 28
Ethernet driver 1 - 3
ethernet error statistics
displaying 10 - 54
ethernet services
when none are available 3 - 9
Ethertype Gl - 4
Event Log Browser Gl - 4
event logs
viewing 4 - 4
events
list of A - 1
F
file commands
file cat 7 - 3
file cp 7 - 4
file cr 7 - 5
file edit 7 - 6
file erase 7 - 7
file info 7 - 8
file ls 7 - 9
file rm 7 - 11
file commands
list of for AX 500 7 - 1
files
copying 7 - 4
creating 7 - 5
editing 7 - 6
erasing contents 7 - 7
listing 7 - 9
removing 7 - 11
transferring 12 - 2
transferring over network 12 - 2
Flash
setting as boot source 6 - 7
Flash card
displaying information about 7 - 8
Flash cards
copying to Flash memory 7 - 4
Flash Memory Gl - 4
Flash memory
copying to Flash cards 7 - 4
listing files 7 - 9
Flood Frame Gl - 4
frame forwarding 1 - 8
frequency
of challenges 1 - 20
G
gateway IP address
setting the default 6 - 11
General window 2 - 7
Generic Flow Control (GFC) Field Gl - 4
global queue capacities
displaying 10 - 74
guest-user password
changing 6 - 12
H
hash value 1 - 20
Header Gl - 4
Header Error Control (HEC) Gl - 4
help files
entering a server location 2 - 3
getting over the internet 2 - 4
installing
on a server 2 - 2
help server location
setting up 2 - 2
hosts 1 - 19
I
IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol Gl - 4
IISP - Interim Inter Switch Protocol Gl - 4
IISP (PNNI Phase 0) 1 - 2
ILMI - Interim Local Management Interface Gl - 4
ILMI (Interim Local Management Interface) 1 - 2
images
displaying version of 10 - 96
inband ATM connections 3 - 9
in-band communication 1 - 7
Inband connections 1 - 7
incrementally changing identifier 1 - 20
info
modules 4 - 3
information type
in commands 5 - 2
initial link establishment 1 - 20
Input Translate Table (ITT) 10 - 58
Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI)
description 1 - 6
Inter Process Communication mechanism (IPC) 1 - 11
Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) 3 - 1
internal clock
setting 6 - 47
internal ethernet variables
displaying 10 - 5
internal FLASH 4 - 2
Internal Static IP connectivity
description 1 - 7
Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Gl - 4
internetworking 1 - 1
interoperability 1 - 1
IP address
assigning 2 - 8
setting for the LEC 6 - 13
IP addresses
administering 3 - 3
IP ARP 1 - 10
IP Control Protocol (IPCP) 1 - 19
IP endstation
pinging 13 - 5
IP host address
changing 6 - 5
IP mask
assigning 2 - 8
IP subnets
conflicting addresses 1 - 15
IPCP 1 - 21
IPmc Gl - 4
IPX 1 - 14
L
LAN Emulation 1 - 1
LAN Emulation (LANE Gl - 4
LAN Emulation Client (LEC) Gl - 4
configuring 3 - 9
LAN Emulation Configuration Server (LECS) Gl - 5
LAN Emulation Network-to-Network Interface (LNNI)
Gl - 5
LAN Emulation Server (LES) Gl - 5

LAN Emulation User Network Interface (LUNI) Gl - 5
LAN switches 2, 1 - 1
Index 5
LANE client task 1 - 4

LANE services
when none are available 3 - 9
LANE-enabled 1 - 8
LCP 1 - 21
LCP packets 1 - 14
LEC
configuration info
viewing 4 - 7
status
viewing 4 - 7
Link Gl - 5
Link Control Protocol 1 - 19
Link Control Protocol (LCP) 1 - 14, 1 - 18, Gl - 5
Link Establishment 1 - 14, 1 - 20
link failures 1 - 13
link recoveries 1 - 13
link type
configuring 3 - 2, 3 - 3
configuring using the CLI 3 - 4
determining which to use 3 - 2
guidelines 3 - 2
modifying 6 - 15
specifying for each active port 3 - 2
link types
configuring 3 - 2
determining 3 - 1
links
disabling access 6 - 10
enabling access 6 - 46
shutting down access 6 - 10
Local Frame Handler layer 1 - 11
Local Service Advertisement Protocol (LSAP) Gl - 5
Local-access enabled 1 - 8
Local-access Mode
figure 1 - 9
logging in
web browser 2 - 1
Lookup Table (LUT) 10 - 58
M
management connectivity 1 - 8
manual route configuration
when is it necessary 3 - 4
manufacturing information
displaying 10 - 88
Maximum Burst Size (MBS) Gl - 5
Medium Access Control (MAC) Gl - 5
menu items
ATM Ports 2 - 6
CLI 2 - 7
Clock Sync 2 - 7
Index 6
Logs 2 - 6
PNNI 2 - 6
Services 2 - 7
Signaling 2 - 6
Statistics 2 - 6
System 2 - 6
TFTP 2 - 7
Virtual Circuits 2 - 6
messages
types of 1 - 21
MIB - Management Information Base Gl - 5
mini-bridge 1 - 9
misc commands
conmsg 13 - 2
exec 13 - 3
pang 13 - 4
ping 13 - 5
status 13 - 6
misc commands
modem
Auto Answer 1 - 16
chat special character codes 1 - 16
connections
resetting when lost 1 - 16

default setup 1 - 16
dialstrings 1 - 16
recycling the power 1 - 16
modem chat script (raw) 1 - 21
modem script handler 1 - 21
modify commands
modify add_channel multipoint 8 - 2
modify add_channel point-point 8 - 4
modify add_path multipoint 8 - 6
modify add_path point-point 8 - 8
modify atmprefix 8 - 10
modify console autologout 8 - 11
modify console timeout 8 - 12
modify rem_channel 8 - 13
modify rem_path 8 - 15
modify commands
modifying
the ATM port configuration 3 - 3
modules
viewing info 4 - 3
Multicast Frame Gl - 5
multimedia servers 1 - 1
Multiprotocol Encapsulation Over ATM Gl - 5
Multiprotocol Over ATM (MPOA) Gl - 5
N
name
changing 6 - 6
Name field 2 - 7
network configuration
guidelines 3 - 1
Network Control Protocols (NCPs) 1 - 14, Gl - 5
Network Interworking Gl - 6
network layer negotiations 1 - 19
Network Layer protocols 1 - 19
network loads 1 - 13
network packets 1 - 14
Network Service Access Point (NSAP) Gl - 6
networking protocols
types of 1 - 14
Network-Layer Protocol 1 - 14
Network-to-Network Interface (NNI) Gl - 6
non-NVRAM parameters
retaining 4 - 1
number of buffers
displaying 10 - 84
NVRAM
backing up 6 - 18
defrag 6 - 19
storing contents of 6 - 18
what is not stored there 4 - 1
O
OAM Gl - 6
configuring 3 - 13
info
viewing 4 - 9
one-way hash 1 - 20
online documentation xxvii
online Help Server
figure of 2 - 2
operational status
displaying 10 - 83
Optical Carrier (OC-n) Gl - 6
Organization Unique Identifier (OUI) Gl - 6
OS Adaptation Layer and Underlying Components
figure 1 - 10
Output Pointer Table (OPT) 10 - 58
Output Transfer Table (OTT) 10 - 58
P
packet discard
enabling/disabling 6 - 38, 10 - 3, 10 - 70
packet discard threshold
modifying 6 - 38, 6 - 39
parameters
retaiing those not stored in NVRAM 4 - 1

Partition Gl - 6
password
changing 6 - 22
default 2 - 1
root
setting 5 - 6
setting as root 5 - 6
Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) 1 - 19, 1 - 20, Gl
-6
Payload Gl - 6
PC dialup adapter 1 - 15
PC/TFTP server 4 - 2
PCMCIA
setting as boot source 6 - 7
PCMCIA car 4 - 2
Peak Cell Rate (PCR) Gl - 6
Peer Gl - 6
peer groups 1 - 13
performance testing 6 - 50
Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) Gl - 6
Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs)
when to use 3 - 1
permanent virtual circuits (PVCs)
configuring 3 - 7
per-port SONET statistics
displaying 10 - 62
Physical Layer (PHY) Gl - 7
Physical Layer Convergence Protocol (PLCP) Gl - 6
plain text password 1 - 20
playback attack 1 - 20
PNA interfaces 1 - 8
pNA+ TCP/IP Network Manager 1 - 12
PNNI
configuring 3 - 11
requirements 3 - 3
seperate virtual network routing domains 1 - 13
single and multi-level peer groups 1 - 13
PNNI Routing
description 1 - 6
Point to Point Protocol
figure of architecture 1 - 15
Point to Point Protocol (PPP) 1 - 14, Gl - 7
point-to-multipoint connections
creating 8 - 2
point-to-point link 1 - 14
point-to-point network 1 - 16
Policy Gl - 7
port
statistics
viewing 4 - 4
port fanout 1 - 1
ports
Index 7
PPP
configured for signaling 10 - 47

checking link status 1 - 19
components of 1 - 14
configuring 3 - 12
default values 1 - 15
Local IP address 1 - 15
PAP required 1 - 15
Peer IP address 1 - 15
Subnet Mask 1 - 15
dialin mode 1 - 19
functionality 1 - 15
functionality overview 1 - 17
figure of 1 - 18
info
viewing 4 - 9
Link Control Protocol 1 - 19
modem setup 1 - 18
reading configuration data 1 - 18
serial port setup 1 - 18
tasks 1 - 19
when enabled 1 - 18
when not enabled 1 - 18
ppp 5 - 1
PPP authentication
configuring 3 - 12
PPP buffers 1 - 21
ppp channel 1 - 19
ppp commands
display 9 - 3
localPppHost 9 - 4
modem modemDialStrIN 9 - 5
modem modemDialStrOUT 9 - 6
modem modemHangupStr 9 - 7
modem modemSetupStr 9 - 8
set_ppp_ip 9 - 19
setCHAP 9 - 9
setdialin authentIn 9 - 10
setdialin peerIPIn 9 - 11
setdialout authentOut 9 - 12
setdialout delay_timer 9 - 13
setdialout namePassOut 9 - 16
setdialout peerIPOut 9 - 14
setdialout pppModeOut 9 - 15
setdialout teleNum 9 - 17
setPAP 9 - 18
ppp configuration changes
reboot required 1 - 16
PPP daemon 1 - 19, 1 - 21
PPP Data packets 1 - 21
PPP link information 1 - 21
PPP link packets 1 - 21
PPP modem scripts
Index 8
configuring 3 - 13
PPP network interface 1 - 19
PPP network server 1 - 19
PPP owned buffer 1 - 21
preliminary authentication 1 - 17
pREPC+ ANSI C Standard Library 1 - 12
Private Network-to-Network Interface (PNNI) 1 - 13, Gl
-7
product features 1 - 2
prompts
CLI 5 - 5
Protocol Data Unit (PDU) Gl - 7
Protocol Type Gl - 7
Proxy-ARP Hander (PAH) 1 - 10
pRPC+ Remote Procedure Call Library 1 - 12
pSOS+ Real-time Multitasking Kernel 1 - 12
pSOS+m Multiprocessor Multitasking Kernel 1 - 12
pSOSystem operating system 1 - 11
system architechture 1 - 11
PVCs
deleting
using the CLI 3 - 8

point-to-multipoint 3 - 7
point-to-point 3 - 7
types of 3 - 7
Q
QoS parameters 1 - 13
Quality of Service (QoS) 1 - 1
Quality of Service (QoS) Classes Gl - 7
queue capacities
displaying 10 - 73
R
raw buffers 1 - 21
Raw packets 1 - 21
READ Community 3 - 14
reading
the consolerc file 4 - 1
rebooting 6 - 25
redundancy 1 - 1
remote host 1 - 20
removing
virtual paths 8 - 15
reset
Cajun A500 4 - 2
restarting 6 - 25
restoring
configuration parameters 4 - 1
retore
contents of NVRAM 6 - 21
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP) Gl - 7
root password
setting 5 - 6
routers 1 - 1, 1 - 19
routes
types to use 3 - 4
routing protocol 1 - 13
routing task 1 - 3
S
SAR driver 1 - 3
SAR error statistics
displaying 10 - 55, 10 - 61
SAR statistics
segments 10 - 61
saving
configuration parameters 4 - 1
scripts
executing 13 - 3
secret 1 - 20
security
disabling link?segment access 6 - 10
link/segment access 6 - 46
Segment Gl - 7
segment assembly/reassembly (SAR) states
displaying 10 - 61
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) Sublayer Gl - 7
Segmentation and Reassembly Protocol Data Unit
(SAR-PDU) Gl - 8
segments
disabling access 6 - 10
displaying SAR statisitcs 10 - 61
displaying traffic statistics 10 - 57
enabling access 6 - 46
serial link 1 - 14
server
entering 2 - 3
static IP 3 - 11
server info
static IP 4 - 9
servers
determining link types for 3 - 1
service
detemining 3 - 2
service adaptation 1 - 1
Services
OAM 3 - 13
PPP 3 - 12
PPP Authentication 3 - 12
PPP modem scripts 3 - 13
setting
internal clock 6 - 47
setting up
SNMP communities 3 - 14
TFTP server 3 - 15
short form
use in commands 5 - 3
show comamnds
pnni mib scope 10 - 19
show commands
ethernet showIB 10 - 5
ethernet showregs 10 - 7
ethernet showrings 10 - 6
lec config 10 - 8
lec status 10 - 9
link_type 10 - 10
pnni hmap 10 - 11
pnni mib addmap 10 - 15
pnni mib base 10 - 13
pnni mib interface 10 - 20
pnni mib link 10 - 21
pnni mib map 10 - 22
pnni mib metrics 10 - 23
pnni mib nmap 10 - 24
pnni mib npeerport 10 - 26
pnni mib npeert 10 - 25
pnni mib pgl 10 - 16
pnni mib ptse 10 - 27
pnni mib raddr 10 - 29
pnni mib rbase 10 - 30
pnni mib rdtl 10 - 31
pnni mib rnode 10 - 28
pnni mib rtns 10 - 32
pnni mib summaddress 10 - 34
pnni mib summary 10 - 33
pnni mib svccrcc 10 - 35
pnni mib svcct 10 - 18
pnni mib timer 10 - 17
pnni mib tnsmap 10 - 36
pnni neighbor 10 - 12
pnni node 10 - 37
pnni node mib 10 - 14
ppp 10 - 39
signaling cause 10 - 40
signaling esi 10 - 42
signaling routes 10 - 43
signaling stats 10 - 44
signaling summary 10 - 47
static_ip client 10 - 50
static_ip server 10 - 51
static_ip status 10 - 52
stats cellstat 10 - 53
stats errether 10 - 54
stats errsar 10 - 55
stats ether 10 - 57
Index 9
stats memstat 10 - 58
stats portstat 10 - 62
stats queuestat 10 - 60
stats sar 10 - 61
stats swstat 10 - 64
switch busy_vcis 10 - 65
switch cdvt 10 - 66
switch chipversions 10 - 67
switch circuittable 10 - 68
switch epd 10 - 70
switch free_vcis 10 - 71
switch maxvci 10 - 72
switch queue capacities 10 - 73
switch queue global 10 - 74
system alarms 10 - 75
system bootSource 10 - 76
system chassis 10 - 77
system community 10 - 79
system configuration 10 - 80
system crash_info 10 - 81
system eventlog 10 - 82
system interfaces 10 - 83
system que 10 - 84
system seeprom bp_base 10 - 85
system seeprom bp_card 10 - 86
system seeprom bp_chassis 10 - 87
system seeprom phy{#} 10 - 88
system seeprom swf 10 - 89
system seeprom swp 10 - 90
system seeprom sync 10 - 91
system stack 10 - 92
time 10 - 93
trapinfo 10 - 94
users 10 - 95
version 10 - 96
show commands
signaling 3 - 5
cause codes 4 - 6
info
viewing 4 - 6
statistics
viewing 4 - 6
Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) Gl - 8

signaling summary
viewing info 4 - 5
Signalling Gl - 8
signalling task 1 - 3
Single Peer groups 1 - 13
SNMP 1 - 2, 1 - 14
Administration 3 - 14
SNMP - Simple Network Management Protocol Gl - 8
SNMP Agent 1 - 4
Index 10
SNMP communities
READ Community 3 - 14
setting up 3 - 14
TRAP Community 3 - 14
WRITE Community 3 - 14
SNMP Community String Gl - 8
SNMP traps
viewing info 10 - 94
SNMPv2 Gl - 8
software 1 - 3
Software Architecture
Major Data and Control Paths
figure 1 - 5
software architecture
with PPP 1 - 14
specified link
accesing 6 - 46
SPF - Shortest Path First Algorithm Gl - 8
static IP
client info
viewing 4 - 8
clients 3 - 11
configuration 3 - 10
configuration info
configuration
static IP 4 - 8
configuring 3 - 9
server 3 - 11
server info
viewing 4 - 9
viewing info 4 - 8
static IP clients 3 - 9
adding 3 - 11
static IP server 3 - 9
adding 3 - 11
static route emulating ILMI protocol
deleting 3 - 5
static routes
configuring 3 - 5
configuring through a network 3 - 4
configuring to emulate ILMI protocol
using the CLI 3 - 5

deleting 3 - 5
when to use 3 - 1
statistics
cell 4 - 5
resetting 6 - 50
SAR for segments 10 - 61
traffic on segments 10 - 57
viewing by port 4 - 4
statistics counts
resetting to zero 6 - 50, 6 - 51, 6 - 52
status
displaying 13 - 6
displaying for a TFTP process 12 - 4
LEC 4 - 7
of components 10 - 77
viewing system info 4 - 3
status 5 - 1
status information 4 - 2
status messages 4 - 1
status registers
Subnet Gl - 8
Subnet Mask Gl - 8
subnet mask
changing 6 - 5
setting for the LEC 6 - 13
Subnetwork Gl - 8
super user name
default 2 - 1
super user 5 - 6
supported browsers 2 - 1
Sustainable Cell Rate Gl - 8
SVCs 1 - 13
switch driver 1 - 4
switch fabric module configuration
displaying 10 - 89
switch module
displaying VCs 10 - 65, 10 - 68
switch monitor task 1 - 3
switch port queue statistics
displaying 10 - 60
Switch Processor Engine (SWP) 1 - 11
switch processor module configuration
displaying 10 - 90
switch queue capacities
displaying information 10 - 73
switched circuits 1 - 19
Switched Virtual Circuit (SVC) Gl - 8
switched virtual connection
establishing connections 13 - 4
switches
configuring link types for 3 - 1
sync 5 - 1
sync commands
sync diag dext 11 - 2
sync diag dline 11 - 3
sync diag dprov 11 - 4
sync disable 11 - 6
sync enable 11 - 6
sync mode holdover 11 - 7
sync mode lock 11 - 7
sync setsync 11 - 8
sync status 11 - 10
sync commands

syntax conventions
CLI 5 - 4
syntax structure
CLI 5 - 5
system
clock sync info 4 - 10
event logs 4 - 4
information
entering 2 - 7
users 4 - 3
virtual circuits
viewing 4 - 5
system data flow

overview 1 - 11
system info
viewing status 4 - 3
system information 4 - 2
system prompt
changing 6 - 8
system software architecture 1 - 3
system status
viewing 4 - 3
system time
displaying 10 - 93
T
T1 Gl - 8
T3 Gl - 8
table memory statistics
displaying 10 - 58
target object
in commands 5 - 2
tasks
chassis monitor 1 - 4
console 1 - 4
LANE client 1 - 4
routing 1 - 3
signalling 1 - 3
switch monitor 1 - 3
UNI management 1 - 3
TCP/IP 1 - 14
Technical Support
contacting xxix
Telnet 1 - 14
telnet 5 - 1, 13 - 8
Telnet capabilities 5 - 7
telnet command 13 - 8
TFTP 1 - 14
TFTP capabilities 5 - 7
from the Cajun A500 Manager 5 - 7
Index 11
tftp commands
tftp get 12 - 2
tftp setserver 12 - 3
tftp status 12 - 4
tftp commands
list of for AX 500 9 - 1, 12 - 1
TFTP process
displaying status 12 - 4
TFTP server
changing 12 - 3
setting up 3 - 15
third-party ATM switches
configuration guidelines 3 - 2
time
displaying 10 - 93
setting the systems clock 6 - 47
Time field 2 - 7
timing
of challenges 1 - 20
traffic statistics
displaying 10 - 57
for segments 10 - 57
transferring
files 12 - 2
Transmission Convergence (TC) Sublayer Gl - 8
Transmit buffers
sources generated from 1 - 21
transporting packets 1 - 14
TRAP Community 3 - 14
trap info
displaying 10 - 94
trap message 1 - 19
trap message timer 1 - 19
Trap/Notify event 1 - 14
traps 10 - 94
trial and error attacks 1 - 20
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) Gl - 8
troubleshooting
Ethernet errors 6 - 49
type of service
modifying 6 - 15
types
of messages 1 - 21
U
UDP/IP 1 - 14
UNI management task 1 - 3
UNI/PNNI Signaling
description 1 - 6
Unicast frame Gl - 9
Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR) Gl - 9
user accounts
supported levels 5 - 6
Index 12
user name
default super user 2 - 1
User Network Interface (UNI) Gl - 9
users
displaying 10 - 95
viewing 4 - 3
using a ? 5 - 2
using PPP 1 - 14
V
Variable Bit Rate (VBR) Gl - 9
variable challenge value 1 - 20
VCC 1 - 8
VCC - Virtual Channel Connection Gl - 9
VCI
setting upper limits 6 - 42
VCI upper limit range 6 - 42
VCs
creating point-to-multipoint 8 - 6
verifying 10 - 68
verifying connectivity 10 - 68
version numbers
of switch components
displaying 10 - 67
video conferencing systems 1 - 1
viewing
address info
4-4
alarms
system
alarms 4 - 4
clock sync info 4 - 10
event logs 4 - 4
LEC config info 4 - 7
LEC status 4 - 7
module info 4 - 3
OAM info 4 - 9
PPP info 4 - 9
signaling cause codes 4 - 6
signaling info
system
signaling info
viewing 4 - 6
signaling statistics
statistics
signaling 4 - 6
signaling summary 4 - 5
static IP client info 4 - 8
static IP config info 4 - 8
static IP info 4 - 8
static IP server info 4 - 9
users 4 - 3
virtual circuit info 4 - 5
virtual channel
adding 3 - 7
Virtual Channel (VC) Gl - 9
Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) Gl - 9
virtual channels
creating 8 - 2
deleting 3 - 8
displaying 10 - 68
removing 8 - 13
Virtual Circuit (VC) Gl - 9
virtual circuits 3 - 7
Virtual Cirtuits
viewing info 4 - 5
Virtual Connection Identifiers (VCI)
displaying free ones 10 - 71
Virtual Ethernet (VE) Gl - 9
Virtual Network Gl - 9
Virtual Network Routing Domains 1 - 13
Virtual Path Gl - 9
Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) Gl - 9
virtual paths
creating 8 - 6, 8 - 8
deleting 3 - 8
removing 8 - 15
Virtual Segment Gl - 9
voice switches 1 - 1
VPs
creating a point-to-multipoint 8 - 8
W
Web Agent
Cajun A500 2 - 1
Web Agent Window
figure of 2 - 2
WRITE Community 3 - 14
Index 13

Cja 500 U 3

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Cja 500 U 3

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Lucent Cajun

A500 ATM Switch

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Installation Guide

Chapter 2 Using the Cajun A500 Manager

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Chapter 3 Configuring the Cajun A500 Network

Chapter 4 Managing the Physical Network

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Viewing Signaling Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 - 6

Chapter 5 Using the Cajun A500 Command Line Interface

Chapter 6 admin Commands

Chapter 7 file Commands

Chapter 8 modify Commands

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

modify add_path point-point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 - 8

Chapter 9 PPP Commands

Chapter 10 show Commands

show pnni mib metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 23

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

show system eventlog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 - 82

Chapter 11 sync Commands

Chapter 12 tftp Commands

Chapter 13 miscellaneous Commands

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Appendix A Table of Events and Alarms

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Online and Related Documentation

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

A new term, text

The system settings are permanently saved

Select File | Save to save your current

Text displayed by the

If you attempt the find the physical

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Overview of The Contents

Contacting Lucent Corporation

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Cajun A500 Software

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

PNNI Routing Task

Call Control Task

UNI/PNNI Signalling Task

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Internal Static IP Connectivity

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Figure 1-3: Static IP Functionality

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide

Cajun A500 ATM Switch Overview

Figure 1-4: Local-access Mode

VCCs to other A500s

Cajun A500 ATM Switch User Guide